Home

User Manual - GC-SAT

1. 5 24 5 3 6 Wiring Ethernet 5 26 5 3 7 Wiring WLAN antenna interface 5 29 5 3 9 Wining SDN S s uqa aa Qu SS aS hai ayau Qha 5 31 5 3 9 Wiring telephone systems 5 33 98 127093 E Chapter 6 98 127093 E Table of contents 5 3 10 Wiring Sigma 2 wire handsets 5 36 5 3 11 Wiring ICG DECT Cordless Handset 2 wire phone 5 37 5 3 12 Wiring discretes Jul u Na ua aaa kee E ences 5 38 5 3 13 Wiring the Maintenance interface 5 41 5 4 Recommended cables 5 43 SECH Introducffom aa leet Basico e 5 43 5 4 2 Power cables allowed cable lengths 5 43 5 4 3 Recommended Power cables 5 44 5 4 4 Recommended RF cables 5 45 5 4 5 Recommended cables for ARINC 429 5 46 5 4 6 Recommended cables for Ethernet 5 46 5 4 7 Cables for Discrete Signals
2. 6 21 Web interface Settings ISDN 6 22 Web interface Settings Common 6 24 Web interface Settings Common Call forward 6 26 Web interface Settings Common Call barring 6 27 Web interface Settings Common Call Waiting 6 28 Web interface Settings Common Line identification 6 29 Web interface Settings Common Closed user group 6 30 Web interface Settings Discrete 1 0 6 32 98 127093 E Figure 6 22 Figure 6 23 Figure 6 24 Figure 6 25 Figure 6 26 Figure 6 27 Figure 6 28 Figure 6 29 Figure 6 30 Figure 6 31 Figure 6 32 Figure 6 33 Figure 6 34 Figure 6 35 Figure 6 36 Figure 6 37 Figure 6 38 Figure 6 39 Figure 6 40 Figure 6 41 Figure 6 42 Figure 6 43 Figure 6 44 Figure 6 45 Figure 6 46 Figure 6 47 Figure 6 48 Figure 6 49 Figure 6 50 Figure 6 51 Figure 6 52 Figure 6 53 Figure 6 54 Figure 6 55 Figure 6 56 Figure 6 57 Figure 6 58 98 127093 E List of figures Web i
3. 6 62 Web interface Settings LAN Static route add 6 63 Web interface Administration 6 65 Web interface Administration Reset administrator password 6 66 Web interface Administration change administrator logon 6 66 Web interface Administration saving a configuration file 6 68 Web interface Administration saving a configuration file 6 69 Web interface Administration Call Charges 6 70 Web interface Administration Log Handhng 6 71 Web interface Administration Profiles Example Standard 6 73 Web interface Administration Profiles select profile Example AVIATOR 350 6 74 Traffic flow filters to filter traffic types 6 76 Web interface Administration Traffic flow filters 6 77 Web interface Administration Traffic flow filters New entry 6 77 Web interface Example of two traffic flow filters 6 78 Web interface Administration SIM PIN
4. 5 46 5 5 Activation of airtime services 5 47 Configuring the AVIATOR system 61 Configuration tasks 6 1 62 Tool for setup and use The built in web interface 6 2 6 21 Topics in the web interface 6 3 6 2 2 Checking the connection to the web interface 6 3 6 2 3 Setting up the APN Access Point Name 6 7 63 Using the Dashboard 6 8 LW E EE 6 8 CR re 6 9 6 3 3 Viewing information on calls and data sessions 6 9 6 3 4 Profiles on the dashboard 6 10 6 4 Using the phone book 6 11 KKK eher Metier Ee 6 11 6 4 2 Viewing and editing the mobile numbers 6 11 65 Setting up the interfaces 6 12 6 51 The SEMINGS HE eegenen 6 12 6 5 2 Selecting the preferred BGAN satellite 6 14 6 5 3 Configuring the LAN interface
5. s z J 2 3 Si J S e ei H a n m 3 _ x si Bs lt 1 lt x S 2 o s ue DS H o re fi H a Ek Di me j H Wi lt ts g 2 I P x Y E a HI 2 H aa lt B 5 zz x N Qa s Li RS S Ei g z 2 H H 2 D E 2 5 5 oO 2 D2 z gt a 222 5 z 5 z lt mg gee 5 aus DI s s q r J J L Figure 3 13 Contact Assembly Quadrax Pin size 5 special ITT Cannon 244 0011 001 3 14 Chapter 3 Equipment drawings 98 127093 E 5 special in size Quadrax P Contact Assembly I V toouoo rre 9 gi mmm 7 10N 00 ane a 1002 1010 anvals Buizi iqo js Buijjojsu u um Kay 04uU0 gt UJ iW Ins ublyy uolnneo FUSWIAOW ID UO BAISSIIXD JDMIU1 9 OF tin 4904U0 gt Oju pup y 904U03 J AO A S BulZijiqoys pils pajjopsul SI 1 50Juo5 sapyy Joj gt xouuo gt O U FIOFUOD JO UOIJD O SUI ops OF piuen WOJ KOMD aheajs Bulizi iqo s AOW ODER 3114 90 E lt G ainbiy 999 9 A99 S du Jj5 ayy jo pus y WOly painspew so GZO GLE ag Of y46u dwijo uonneo S10 J SSoJjJ5D EZ 49S zip VSy S 02S22N PUD 1004 0 S 02S22N Buren poq sayno ayy dulJ V3 uv dNIH7 BER 0007 OOF D aun9l4 Apoqg xpsponb ayy opu Aj quassp p sod sd joy sny Li eut pun Apoq xosponb ayy Jo sapjn
6. B 2 B 2 2 Configuration Module CM for SBU B 4 B 2 3 High Power Amplifier Low Noise Amplifier Diplexer HLD B 4 B 2 4 Tx Coupler and Rx Power Splitter B 6 B 3 AVIATOR 200 300 350 handsets and cradles B 8 B 3 1 2 Wire Handset and 2 Wire Cradle B 8 Appendix C System messages C1 Types of MESSAGES EE C 1 C 1 1 List of events with explanation and remedy C 1 Appendix D WLAN country codes DI Restrictions in WLAN use D 1 D 2 Countries where the US country code applies D 2 Appendix E References EI Applicable standards E 1 Appendix F TT 5019A Iridium Band Reject Filter ET Introd uctioly u uuu sana aS unannrkanspauuassucqasquaiqcuaq F 1 F 1 1 System block diagram F 1 F 2 Equipment drawing F 2 K Installation d ier aq nuan napas raii F 3 F 31 Mounting considerations F 3 F 3 2 Elect
7. 6 79 Web interface Administration SIM LOCK 6 80 Web interface Administration User permsston s 6 81 Web interface Administration Remote management 6 82 Webinterface SIM apiece E 6 84 xvii List of figures Figure 6 59 Figure 7 1 Figure 7 2 Figure 7 3 Figure 7 4 Figure 7 5 Figure 7 6 Figure 7 7 Figure 7 8 Figure F 1 Figure F 2 Figure F 3 xviii AVIATOR 200 300 350 system EE 6 87 Web i nterface Helpidesk a a n eebe geegent 7 3 Web interface Help desk Extended status 7 4 Web interlace Settings Upload n u tee ee 7 6 Software identification on the SBU label 7 1 LEDs on front maintenance connector s ssesssssessessessesesersesessrsssesesereeseserensesese 7 10 IP Reset Default button on SBU front 7 10 Web interface Help desk Event list 7 12 Web interface Help desk Self test 7 13 System configuration with TT 5019A Iridium Band Reject Filter 1 F 1 Outline drawing TT 5019A Iridium Band Reject Filter
8. S T Xb DS d3 9 3LON G3ddv SI 9 SVA S ILON 00 42 11 Sir lt S8E 2 SVA 0682 WIC CIHI 86 48 11 ASSY S 31DN 3 IL W3LI 0300Y zoi 31310S8D SBU trays t AJON 313134 G39NVH2 N d 6 WI 09p1 N33 33S Eri N23 A8 3Sv3132 lt e o ja jw fu 3 8 O3UD2dS JSIMY3JH1O SSININN SILON Z861 WS PlA ISNY 3d S3INVYIIOL ANY SNOISN3WIG I XE SSV19 IbSS 3 TIW Y3d WIA WIHI 8V312 HSINI3 x SNOLLVII4ID3dS F r NI S 332X3 X0 SI338 E BEIEN ENT SS37 D SEI 92 9 ONIHOIZA S Q8q X04 G3INDISIC VW Ole d3 3d ON 107 GNV ON Lavd SIJ HLIA AJILN3QI 9 C r INIA 33d 4NO LN3 2xdq gt Figure 3 9 Outline drawing SBU tray ECS PO299 101 98 127093 E Chapter 3 Equipment drawings 3 10 SBU trays SP RI AW31182OHS 18OHS ais P L NOI1dl OS3G WIIWNN L d TISHS Aval LYOHS 1V F 1 Z10 SScO F LW A18W3SSV 31V1d O1O93NNOO vEO XSZO VLW 9 1 S X TE 9 ASO ANIHOVW MIYOS S O 9r SW SNDOOT4313S NMOGGIOH 100S 11W Nid 30IND 00S 11W A 9F01 loug ZENZ DS TWN Ales ava NOISIA33 AJA AWal 3H1 IO WOLLO8 3H1 WO4 3GNALOdd ov LON OQ ANY HSN1E S1ENOT JAY SNOLLVOI1ddV FAI NY F O L GLS IW 43d IGOD ILVA HM90 ABA N d dWV1S N EHM90 0Z19 629 888 OC O3IWS dWV1S WVW WT L00 D3G W3 Te 20 31V1d3WVN O31W3 A Vd VY S
9. 7 15 7 5 1 Return Material Authorization RMA 7 15 7 6 Disposal of electrical and electronic equipment 7 18 Appendices Appendix A Equipment specifications AT Introduction tere A 1 A 2 AVIATOR 200 300 350 system components A 2 A 2 1 TT 5040A SwiftBroadband Unit SBU A 2 A 2 2 TT 5040A 001 Configuration Module CM for SBU A 3 A 2 3 TT 5016A High Power Amp Low Noise Amplifier Diplexer HLD Ach A 2 4 TT 5040A 004 WLAN antenna A 5 A 2 5 TT 5038A 003 Rx Power Splitter A 6 A 3 AVIATOR 200 300 350 handsets and cradles A 7 A 3 1 TT 5621B 2 Wire Handset A 7 98 127093 E xi Table of contents A 3 gt TT 5622B 2 Wire EE A 8 Appendix B D0 160 specifications B1 General A a S Ra ae hee B 1 B 1 1 Certifying agency B 1 B 1 2 Environmental Qualification Forms B 1 B 2 AVIATOR 200 300 350 system components B 2 B 2 1 SwiftBroadband unit SBU
10. 4 10 4 3 1 Connectors on 2 Wire Cradle 4 10 4 3 2 2 Wire Cradle connector to SBU 4 11 4 4 Mating connectors in aircraft 4 12 4 4 1 Connection With SBU 4 12 Installation 51 General installation information 5 1 511 OVE eW aeree ainai ee e ae a ea raer aian EEE eataa 5 1 5 1 2 Minimum system components 5 2 5 2 Mounting considerations 5 3 52 EEN EE Eeer 5 3 5 2 2 TT 5040A SBU issic rererere ae E Ra 5 3 KE MH KT HED coors aer E k u qa ae 5 3 5 2 4 Satcom antena EE 5 4 5 2 5 TT 5040A 004 WLAN antennas 5 8 53 Electrical installation and wiring 5 9 St Wiring symbols uu naa ee aa ys s akaqa 5 9 5 3 2 Wiring power supply 5 9 5 3 3 Wiring the satcom antenna 5 12 5 3 4 Wiring ARINC 429 interfaces 5 20 5 3 5 Wiring GPS interface
11. 6 86 6 10 AVIATOR 200 300 350 system ready for use 6 87 x 98 127093 E Table of contents Chapter 7 Maintenance and troubleshooting 7 1 Continued Airworthiness 7 1 E Mane a EE 7 1 TAZ AMS MCHONS acess sisiy rensei aa E Ea inust 7 2 7 2 Getting support Helpdesk 13 1 21 UIE SUPPO dE 7 3 7 2 2 System SH DDR Juana auqa stele eared 7 3 7 2 3 Help desk and diagnostic report ssesesssssssssesseseeseseesesseseeseesessesessesse 7 3 d ERT E E 7 5 7 3 1 SBU software update 7 5 7 3 2 Verifying the software update 7 7 7 4 Troubleshooting 7 8 7 4 1 Status signalling 7 8 7 4 2 Status signalling with LEDs 7 9 7 4 3 IP Reset Default button 7 10 7 4 4 Viewing the Event list Event log and extended status 7 12 PD Eer 7 13 FAG SINT Al troubleshooting WE 7 13 7 5 Returning units for repair
12. XXX XXX 8Z79S07 Nd 318V32D 12X3 S81 SS00 S81 LEO D gt SZ0 O OX 70 J18Y2 UNI S71 LLO Sg 70 DA 0S00 95 OZO LHOISM Figure 3 8 Outline drawing TT 5622B 2 Wire Cradle 3 9 Chapter 3 Equipment drawings 98 127093 E SBU trays ZA 6620d Y 2 Z6199 0 Ke W S S MIN 7 1 WidadS ASSY AVUL vvl0 E6 BLW0dN Sid 303 1N3818V330 ONIL Sve NOIS3C 3HL Di G31LIWENS 38 ISNW JN SIHI OL S3ONWHI ANY E Ser 127 717 NOHE Set um ing SistiOade 217 INON812313 ais 9210 6 ANJNNIOO 031V83N39 GVO E gt NOILOJ OYA FIONV QYIHL sonuna wasa conn 1909 A0TW W 90 SIN rt WII3dS Aa 10 9SE01 SI FCI WII3dS ASSY 21 40133NNO03 101 ZSE01 1909 ADTIW T em H A382S8FnH1 IND233 ASSV NADO DH 0 2p00 a909 AD11 Ww 0S2 33vdS 0 3236200 S389 97 SZ X 2 061 gt Den Lei A383S ve3 69 eSW MII 011 9109 113 O18 S3HSVA Widos6ny 7331S 2 06T gt ONINION 3713S LNN X3H NE80 2SH S3X3 97 IE x 2 8ET OVH Lv14 A383S S2J 69 eSH NAO VUn ag Ma 101 8101 1909 ADTW Tw Can SIN rtl WID3dS Aua 20 9SE01 CAND SS31 SD S81 9Z 9 ONIHSIZA S 081 ISM davavid 20 42401 O OI 3D123NNOJ 30 33v4 01 gezi Lerin
13. 6 15 Geck WEAN interface eene 6 18 6 5 5 Configuring the Phone Fax interface 2 Wire 6 20 6 5 6 Configuring the ISDN interface 6 22 6 5 7 Setting the common interface settings 6 24 Table of contents 6 5 8 Setting up call services 6 25 6 5 9 Configuring the discrete UO interfaces 6 31 6 5 10 Setting the System type 6 33 6 5 11 Configuring RF settings 6 35 6 5 12 Setting up the navigational input 6 37 6 5 13 Calibrating the NRS in the TT 5006A IGA 6 39 6 5 14 Enabling system options with FLEX keys 6 43 6 5 15 Tracking RE 6 45 6 6 Managing LAN WLAN network users 6 46 6 6 1 I U0d chHon EE 6 46 6 6 2 Setting up the network user groups 6 48 6 6 3 Managing network devices 6 53 6 6 4 Using the network classification table 6 54 6 6 5 Definitions for
14. lt 4 dB 54MHz DC resistance lt 0 6 Q Loss lt 17 dB 1559 MHz Loss lt 17 dB 1661 MHz W2 GPS Antenna GPSin BPA4 DC out TP A1 RF Rx TP A3 RF Tx DC Power Modem TT 5040A SBU Figure 5 4 Wiring TT 3002A LGA For the requirements to RF cables W1 W2 and W3 see Table 5 6 on page 5 19 5 12 Chapter 5 Installation 98 127093 E Electrical installation and wiring Wiring TT 5006A IGA The following drawing shows the wiring for an AVIATOR 300 system using a TT 5006A intermediate gain antenna TT 5006A Antenna I I with NRS TT 5016A d HLD X4 Chassis Ground Loss lt 0 7 dB 1661 MHz RF Rx Tx X1 J1 blue E Fag ras W4 lt 17 dB 1575 MHz Loss lt 18 dB 1661 MHz lt 4 dB 54 MHz DC resistance lt 0 6 Q Loss lt 20 dB 1559 MHz TT 5040A SBU Figure 5 5 Wiring TT 5006A IGA For the requirements to RF cables W1 W2 and W3 see Table 5 6 on page 5 19 98 127093 E Chapter 5 Installation 5 13 Electrical installation and wiring Wiring HGA 6000 or HGA 6500 The following drawing shows the wiring for an AVIATOR 350 system using an HGA 6000 or an HGA 6500 high gain antenna W3 Rx Tx Loss lt 0 7 dB 1661 MHz TT 5016A HLD X2 R 9 5 X4 X3 H H A429_Tx_B Out B A429_Rx_B In M GND A429 G A429_Tx_A Out A A429_Rx_A In
15. 5 24 SBU Pins for 10 100BaseT Ethernet 5 27 SBU pins for WLAN antenna l and 2 5 29 Cable requirements for WLAN 5 30 Low pass filter for WLAN order information 5 30 SBU pins for ISON RE 5 31 SBU pins for 2 Wir INO E EEN 5 35 SBU pins for discrete ann uncators 5 38 SBU pin for Chime Lamps Inhibit mput 5 39 xix List of tables Table 5 22 Table 5 23 Table 5 24 Table 5 25 Table 5 26 Table 5 27 Table 5 28 Table 6 1 Table 6 2 Table 6 3 Table 6 4 Table 6 5 Table 6 6 Table 6 7 Table 6 8 Table 7 1 Table 7 2 Table 7 3 Table 7 4 Table A 1 Table A 2 Table A 3 Table A 4 Table A 5 Table A 6 Table A 7 Table B 1 Table B 2 Table B 3 Table B 4 Table B 5 Table D 1 Table F 1 Table F 2 XX SBU pins for discrete inputs 5 39 Specification of discrete types 5 40 SBU pins for Maintenance interface 5 41 Allowed lengths for SBU power cables 5 43
16. the satcom antenna or GPS antenna If the system type purchased can not be selected please contact the supplier of your AVIATOR 200 300 350 system ii CAUTION Selecting a wrong system type may cause damage to Do not try to use a different system type 3 Click Apply to save the new setting The Reset functionality is mainly used for support purposes 98 127093 E Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 6 33 Setting up the interfaces Changing the System type You can change the system type if there are major changes to the installation like upgrading from an IGA antenna to an HGA antenna or the satcom system is moved from one plane to another Z You can replace the SBU HLD or the satcom antenna same type without the need to reconfigure the system This is possible because all system settings are stored in the Configuration Module Therefore there is no need to select a new system type when replacing the SBU HLD or the satcom antenna same type For instructions how to remove the SBU alone see Inoperative units on page 7 2 To avoid potential damage to the satcom or GPS antenna it is strongly recommended to follow this procedure before you remove the satcom system from one plane for installation in another Before upgrading with a new antenna type or removing the satcom system do as follows 1 Select SETTINGS gt System Type 2 Click Reset to erase the system type and all settings from the pages
17. E SLON e GSA0WSY Y3A0ILSNG S00 0 S6S LZ OFLEL6 S00 0 SZZ 0 ZU Dn S869 S00 Dei ZZ 0 Z M 400 V070S07 ON L d SNVYHL 2 SNVYHL LO OF EE 0 SZ OFBER dAl 7000 7 210 LOFED XVW 29ZL VM SOZE SZb0 89 E 9SL 0 96 XVW S Z XVW SE9 SINGOW NOILYYNIIJNOID G3SIA38 Z1E060 z1 080 G3SIA38 VNISINO WAOUddY SALVO NOLL OI 20 31 1 SNOISIASY 291 N d SNVYHL ANVYHL SLO Z6Z SELO EVE 70 0 ZG ZL Leg NIW SCH NIW 6 88 GOSE S96 XYW L00 XVW 841 XVW E90 9 82 9 Gen XVW 66ZL XVW OEE ILOS ZS M S077 OEL ZO 0 S S077 99 20 07 A YOLISNNOD SINVNALNIVW HOS Y3AOILSNG H AO Lem Y3ONN G33v 14 SI NOLING 13S323 d mo mo CEO 4 ef TA STW ESCH YOLISNNOD L NYH13 1 3SV8 004 0 LUWd SNILIINNOJ S1WWas SYY SYOLVIIONI G37 OML OLISNNOD LBNYSHL 1 3SV8 004 0 YO LISNNOD 3INVNALNIVW Z007 XVI Z9 XVW SE6L 4821 o usnd ssoy ios O w50 O O nas voros 1t wat ousaq 98 127093 E D m Vi Li lt g E z e Ka G 2 3 w E E en Be z T Q m be 9 g Z 5 YU oa iL ma DI TT 5040A SBU TT 5040A 001 CM inserted in the SBU 3 2 1 Z67476 11 ON 1N30 3003 y L00 V070S 11
18. W1 Tx Modem and DC Loss lt 18 dB 1661 MHz lt 4 dB 54 MHz DC resistance lt 0 6 Q Figure 5 10 Wiring AMT 50 For the requirements to RF cables W1 W2 and W3 see Table 5 6 on page 5 19 5 18 Chapter 5 Installation 98 127093 E Electrical installation and wiring Pins for connecting to HLD and SBU The following list shows the pins used in the AVIATOR 200 300 350 system for connecting the satcom antenna to the HLD and SBU SBU pin Description TP Al RF Tx output to HLD TP A3 RF Rx input from HLD BP A4 GPS input DC out Modem coax Table 5 4 SBU pins for satcom antenna system HLD connector Description Xl L Band Rx Tx interface to antenna X2 RF Tx input from SBU X3 RF Rx output to SBU X4 Chassis Ground Table 5 5 HLD connectors for satcom antenna system The following tables show the requirements to cable losses for cables between the satcom antenna the HLD and the SBU The cable loop DC resistance is the sum of the resistance in the shield and the center conductor RF cable requirements for AVIATOR 200 SC SE pee ite nee Dee s W1 SBU Tx to HLD Tx 0 dB 17 dB lt 0 60 W2 HLD Rx to SBU Rx 0 dB 17 dB n a W3 HLD to antenna 0 dB 0 2 dB n a W4 SBU to antenna 0 dB 17 dB lt 15 Q Table 5 6 RF cable requirements for satcom antenna systems AVIATOR 200 a Additional requirements Antenna cable modem attenuation at 54 MHz max 4 dB at 36 MHz m
19. A 3 Equipment specifications for TT 5016A HLD A 4 Equipment specifications for WLAN antenna A 5 General specifications for Rx Power Splitter A 6 Equipment specifications for 2 Wire Handset A 7 Equipment specifications for 2 Wire Cradle A 8 Environmental Qualification Form for SBU B 2 Environmental Qualification Form for HLD B 4 RTCA DO 160D Change Numbers Tx Coupler and Rx Power Splitter 0000 000000 B 6 Environmental Qualification Form for Tx Coupler and Rx Power Splitter B 6 Environmental Qualification Form for 2 Wire Handset and Cradle n00000000000 B 8 Countries that accept the country code US for WLAN indoor operation D 2 Equipment specifications for TT 5019A Iridium Band Reject Filter F 4 Environmental Qualification Form for Iridium Band Reject Filter F 5 98 127093 E Chapter 1 About this manual 1 1 Purpose The purpose of this manual is to provide information for installation maintenance and troubleshooting of the AVIATOR system Thi
20. Background is used for data which is not delay sensitive such as E mail SMS download of databases and reception of measurement records 5 Type in the bit rates in kbps in the following rows 6 74 Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 98 127093 E Administration e Maximum bit rate Ul kbps is the maximum upload bit rate allowed for this profile Maximum bit rate Dl kbps is the maximum download bit rate allowed for this profile Guaranteed bit rate Ul kbps is the guaranteed upload bit rate needed for this profile Guaranteed bit rate DI kbps is the guaranteed download bit rate needed for this profile D When you click Apply the bit rate values you typed in may be rounded off because only certain values are allowed 6 In the Delivery order row select from the scroll list whether or not data should be delivered in the same order it was sent Yes means the data packets are delivered in the same order they were sent 7 In the Maximum SDU size byte row type in the maximum allowed packet size in Bytes rounded off to nearest 10 The maximum packet size possible is 1520 8 In the Delivery of erroneous SDUs row select one of the following from the list Yes means packets are allowed to contain errors This setting is suitable for delay sensitive transmission because the need for retransmission is limited The SDU Error settings in step 9 and step 10 will apply No means packets are
21. Inbox Write message Outbox Sent Message settings CONNECT PHONE BOOK Outgoing calls Received calls Missed calls Standard data sessions Streaming data sessions MESSAGES CALLS SETTINGS ADMINISTRATION HELPDESK LAN WLAN Phone Fax ISDN Common IP handsets Discrete UO System type RF settings External systems FLEX Tracking Upload Port forwarding Network devices Network classification Network user groups PPPoE Static route Call forward Call barring Call waiting Line identification Closed user group Local exchange SITE MAP Call charges Log handling Data limits Profiles Traffic flow filters SIM PIN SIM Lock User permissions Remote management Remote activation Restricted dialing Call settings Event list Event log Extended status Self test Figure 6 58 Web interface Site map To access the site map select SITE MAP from the left navigation pane You can click on each menu in the site map to go directly to the page or display the respective submenu Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 98 127093 E Configuration of 3rd party phone systems 6 9 Configuration of 3rd party phone systems 6 9 1 Sigma setup There are a few adjustments that are typically made at the time of installation testing Normally it is necessary
22. S81 LLO Sg 670 D 0S00 OA ZZO l1H5I3M Figure 3 7 Outline drawing TT 5621B 2 Wire Handset 98 127093 E Chapter 3 Equipment drawings 3 8 TT 5622B 2 Wire Cradle TT 5622B 2 Wire Cradle 3 7 ZO 8ZZ29S 11 ONIMVYC ANITLNO Mund u 6 wuado Guy s20u 6uz evo 18 gt UNEEOD0 191 S V uelul 9 augIul 0Z SOE Dy X04 034Y3S3Y 139V MEIN X04 DAIN AUS D X03 G3SAOWSY de MAYS 8 ONY V TIVL30 33S H19N31 M3382S X043 LEE O VIC WW S 8 YSLSWVIG GWSH MOES XYW 2V 0 VIO 2 70 YSLSWVIG M3JXDS XVH S33V1d 7 SATOH ONILNNOW gaqav wid ONY 1X31 TWNISINO VAOUddY SLVO NOLL dIdIS30 EI S3LON 33S WII y0 0 WI e HIO NIT IN NI SUV Sege IECH 70 EL GE9 SOS 07 Z L9 001 SGZ ONISNOH Tv 13 SLIVINOD AWW 6 YO LISNNOOD ans a _ Z LA 8 vlad Z D S006 SEOZL Ted 076 NVX31 ALVNOGYVIA10d JILSV IdOWYSHL AI VI 1X3 ALIAVYD 40 HIN SLVWIXOYddVY SALONS E SIE ANVYHL SNVYHL YOS YHL ME JLIHM SNVYHL SNVYHL YOS MHL
23. Active low C active high active low C active high active low Incoming calls Mstandard 3 1 kHz Audio Mupi Mero Apply Cancel Figure 6 21 Web interface Settings Discrete UO 2 For each pin you want to use select Enabled 3 For each pin select if the pin should be Active high or Active low h For Call output you can select which incoming calls will activate the external ringer Discrete UO TP28 Incoming call 5 Click Apply to save the new settings Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 98 127093 E Setting up the interfaces 6 5 10 Setting the System type During the initial configuration of the system you must assign the system type that is the AVIATOR system that you have bought You can typically only select the system type purchased To select the system type do as follows 1 Select SETTINGS gt System Type SIGNAL TT DASHBOARD SYSTEM TYPE CONNECT Select system type from the list below If your expected system type is not selectable contact y configure your AVIATOR system PHONE BOOK If selecting a wrong system type there is a potential risk that the connected satcom antenna ma Pressing Reset will clear system type WEEE AVIATOR 700 caris AVIATOR 350 SETTINGS AVIATOR 300 e AVIATOR 200 SC er cance Rezet Phone Fax ISDN Common IP handsets Discrete L System Type Figure 6 22 Web interface Settings System Type 2 Select the system type for the installation
24. C a SINGOW NOILVYNOI NOD SHLOZOBJaqpuns J8dsar 759 HHS0 wo Ni LZZL90 Ajas 3 ER Sage DNIMVYC 3NI 1100 awit LZZL9O DJaqpuns Jadsar ua 13DNY83101 INS Su u 6puu do3 But J u15u3 suor p3lunumuo3 l l Diese Cat Se E USA SUBIYL EE S3HDNI SYV SLSMIVYE NI SNOISNAWIC SYSLAWITIIW NI SYV SNOISNAWIOG S81 ZO 0 S81 GLO DN 100 DN L00 LHOISM LINN ALIAVYD 20 IN ALVWIXOYddVY S31l10N30 LE WNININN TV GSZIGONV 22V1 IWIdSlVW 00 V070S07 N d ANVYHL 8 ANVYHL 138Y1 N d 181 478080 GASIAAY D LL 080 QASIASY 8 TWNISINO V VAOUddY ALVG NOLL AIS 20 ERR SNOISIASY Figure 3 2 Outline drawing TT 5040A 001 CM inserted in the SBU 3 3 Chapter 3 Equipment drawings 98 127093 E TT 5040A SBU TT 5038A 003 Rx Power Splitter 3 2 2 LS If the Rx Power Splitter is to be mounted on a flat surface mount it on a 3 mm mounting plate to provide enough space for mounting of the connectors 31v1d ON SSvVua SE NOLLVOITddV alla MOT NO GSN ASSV LN 00 V8E0S LL j U arwa ZLS070 Bj qpuns J ds f av HALIITdS YIMOd XY NSH i ia wer wowi L ONIMVYC dNI 1100 SIL 2LSO7o Bseqpuns Jadsaraa S319NV j yJowuag vefouusde 5u j u16u3 suo lo2l unuuo2 l l a SEW ONY S3ML mimin Ni aw saa S V ueJyLl 8 euedy 03141334S 3S 1MY3HLO SSIINN oo vecos 1if b 30 L LIIS INON FWS ZZ60ZV 7611 osaa 7Y SYSLAWITIIW NI JYV SNOISN
25. User TT 5040A SBU Interfaces N i IRS GNSS NPI GPS Figure 2 2 System configuration with TT 3002A LGA antenna 98 127093 E Chapter 2 Introduction to the AVIATOR system 2 9 System block diagrams 2 3 2 AVIATOR 300 system with TT 5006A IGA antenna The drawing below shows the AVIATOR 300 system with in IGA antenna Antenna TT 5006A with NRS Tx Modem 28 30 V DC AHRS IRS optional Figure 2 3 System configuration with TT 5006A IGA antenna 2 10 Chapter 2 Introduction to the AVIATOR system 98 127093 E System block diagrams 2 3 3 AVIATOR 350 system with Chelton antennas The drawing below shows the AVIATOR 350 system with Chelton antennas Chelton HGA 7000 Chelton HGA 8000 Rx Tx AVIATOR 350 TT 5016A HLD Tx Modem 28 30 V DC TT 5040A 001 one 2 TT 5040A SBU AHRS IRS Figure 2 4 System configuration with Chelton antennas 98 127093 E Chapter 2 Introduction to the AVIATOR system 2 1 System block diagrams 2 3 4 2 12 AVIATOR 350 system with ARINC 741 781 antennas The drawing below shows the AVIATOR 350 system with the HGA 6000 6500 and AMT 50 Antenna AVIATOR 350 AHRS IRS Install External active GPS Antenna with SatCom filter if AHRS is used AMT 50 HGA 6000 6500 TT 5016A HLD Tx Modem 28 30 V
26. e WPA2 AES enter the encryption key in text format Type in the Encryption key for the selected Security standard This is not applicable if you have selected Security mode None Select Enabled or Disabled next to MAC address filters If you select Enabled you can set up a list of MAC addresses that are allowed access to your WLAN Any device whose MAC address is not on the list will be denied access If you select Disabled there will be no restrictions on MAC addresses 10 If you have enabled MAC address filters type in the Allowed MAC addresses The list may contain up to 16 MAC addresses 11 Click Apply Configuring the Phone Fax interface 2 Wire you have connected a fax set the incoming call type on that 2 wire interface to 3 1 kHz Audio to avoid that the fax rings and answers an incoming Standard call LS By default all handsets connected to the system will ring on incoming calls If Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 98 127093 E 98 127093 E Setting up the interfaces To configure this interface do as follows 1 Select SETTINGS gt Phone Fax from the left navigation pane SIGNAL TTT DASHBOARD CORTI stemm Incoming calls M standard M 3 1 kHz Audio PHONE BOOK Outgoing calls Standard 3 1 kHz Audio MESSAGES PORT 2 CALLS Incoming calls V standard M 3 1 kHz Audio SETTINGS Outgoing calls Standard 3 1 kHz Audio e Apply Cancel WLAN Phone Fax Figure 6 13 Web inte
27. 98 127093 E Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 6 11 Setting up the interfaces 6 5 6 5 1 6 12 Setting up the interfaces The SETTINGS page From the SETTINGS page you have access to the submenus for system settings and configuration LAN to configure the settings of the local area network WLAN to configure the wireless network adapter Phone Fax to configure the phone and fax interfaces ISDN to configure the ISDN interface Common to configure settings that are common for all interfaces IP handsets to configure connected IP handsets Discrete UO to configure the discrete inputs outputs of the installation System type to select the AVIATOR system RF settings to configure the cable losses of the installation External systems to select antenna type and configure the external navigational system FLEX for the WLAN and Router option Tracking to send position information to a server Upload to upload new application software to the SBU A text message on the screen informs you if you need to reboot the system to activate a new setting or configuration Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 98 127093 E Setting up the interfaces To access this page select SETTINGS from the left navigation pane SIGNAL HEHHHHHI SETTINGS DASHBOARD CONNECT SATELLITE SELECTION Satellite selection la Pacific Di PHONE BOOK Asia Pagfic Americas Auto ES MESSAGES catus eet cancel SETTINGS LAN WL
28. F 2 Wiring TT 5019A Iridium Band Reject Filter F 3 98 127093 E Table 1 1 Table 2 1 Table 2 2 Table 2 3 Table 2 4 Table 2 5 Table 2 6 Table 2 7 Table 4 1 Table 4 2 Table 4 3 Table 4 4 Table 4 5 Table 5 1 Table 5 2 Table 5 3 Table 5 4 Table 5 5 Table 5 6 Table 5 7 Table 5 8 Table 5 9 Table 5 10 Table 5 11 Table 5 12 Table 5 13 Table 5 14 Table 5 15 Table 5 16 Table 5 17 Table 5 18 Table 5 19 Table 5 20 Table 5 21 98 127093 E List of tables List of Related Documentation EE 1 2 SwiftBroadband services for supported antenna types ssssessssessessesersessesseseesesse 2 3 Satcom antenna types for the AVIATOR 200 300 350 system 2 4 Model and part numbers for the AVIATOR system T amp T untts 2 6 Part numbers for Klixon Circuit breakers 2 7 Partnumber el a n n u u a Qa n a a 2 7 Basic installation kits from ECS for the SBU 2 8 AVIATOR 200 300 350 User interflaces 2 13 Pin out for SBU Maintenance connector standard Ethernet 4 2 Pin out for SBU rear receptacle top plug 4 7 Pin out for SBU rear recep
29. Header compression The header of a data packet contains control information belonging to that specific packet The information in the header can take up a considerable amount of bandwidth In order to use the bandwidth more efficiently you can enable Header Compression meaning the header information is compressed leaving some of the information out With disabled header compression the full header ist transmitted with each data packet This takes up bandwidth and means a more reliable data transmission with less data loss You can select whether or not to use Header Compression for your data transmission Header Compression enabled More efficient use of the bandwidth available recommended typically for Internet e mail ftp applications etc Header Compression disabled More reliable data transmission Recommended for time critical applications like VoIP and streaming applications as well as other applications where packet loss is to be minimized If there are problems with packet loss you might want to disable header compression and see whether the header compression is the reason for the packet loss NAT Network Address Translation NAT enables a local area network to use one set of private IP addresses for internal traffic and an assigned or static IP address for external traffic The built in NAT module in the SBU makes all necessary address translations between the local area traffic and the external traffic Local are
30. WLAN SSID The default value is the name of the system type for example AVIATOR 200 H 1 2 Setting up a SIP profile SIP telephony and SIP profiles If your phone has an integrated SIP Session Initiation Protocol client you can use SIP telephony between your phone and the SBU which has an integrated SIP server How to set up the SIP profile in your phone depends on your subscription the SIP server in the terminal and the network which your phone is connected to in this case the WLAN network on board the aircraft To setup a SIP profile Setup a SIP profile if you want to connect the SIP client of your phone to the SIP server of the terminal You need to enter several network specific values so your phone can communicate with the SIP server 98 127093 E H 1 Introduction H 2 Depending on your phone some or all of the following parameters may have to be set up in the SIP profile of your phone Profile name SIP server and port User name Password Codec priority Realm User name When connecting to the AVIATOR 200 300 350 the user name should be a local number i e 05xx This must be configured in the built in web interface under SETTINGS gt IP handsets Password When connecting to the AVIATOR 200 300 350 the password must match the IP Handset password entered in the web interface of the AVIATOR 200 300 350 on the page SETTINGS gt IP handsets Codec priority Select the codec typ
31. 6 input lt ER RJ45 Rx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 6 output BP 29 LIT 19 3 Female Connecto Rx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 6 output BP 23 Je 4 E ER 6 Common Signal GND BP 22 Common Signal GND BP 27 Figure 5 13 Wiring Ethernet The RJ45 Ethernet interfaces match a standard straight network cable You can freely select which of the Ethernet connections you want to use The supported cable length is up to 100 meters 328 feet Chapter 5 Installation 98 127093 E Electrical installation and wiring Pins for 10 100BaseT Ethernet The following list shows the pins used for the Ethernet interface SBU pin Name Description RJ45 pin F Name BP Al 1 Tx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 1 Input 1 TxD BP Al 2 Rx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 1 Output 3 RxD BP Al 3 Tx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 1 Input 2 TxD BP Al 4 Rx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 1 Output 6 RxD BP A2 1 Tx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 2 Input 1 TxD BP A2 2 Rx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 2 Output 3 RxD BP A2 3 Tx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 2 Input 2 TxD BP A2 4 Rx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 2 Output 6 RxD BP A3 1 Tx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 3 Input 1 TxD BP A3 2 Rx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 3 Output 3 RxD BP A3 3 Tx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 3 Input 2 TxD BP A3 4 Rx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 3 Output 6 RxD BP6 Rx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 4 Output 6 RxD BP10 Tx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 4 Input 1 TxD DPI Tx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 4 Input 2 TxD BP15 Common Signal GND for GND Shield Ethernet BP16 Rx 1
32. 7 15 reports distance 6 45 interval 6 45 position 6 45 server connection 6 45 Reset wiring 5 41 reset default IP address 7 10 during self test 7 13 password 6 66 reset administrator password 6 66 reset time counter for calls 6 71 reset to factory settings 7 11 Residual bit error ratio 6 75 restricted dialing 6 83 returning units 7 15 shipping address 7 16 RF cable requirements WLAN 5 30 Roll Offset 6 36 router option limit when not available 6 3 RS 232 Maintenance wiring 5 41 RTCA DO 160 forms B 1 Rx Power Splitter outline drawing 3 4 specifications A 6 S satcom antenna cable loss 5 19 satcom antennas 2 4 satellite selecting 6 13 view selected 6 9 98 127093 E Index SBU configuration backup 6 67 dimensions A 2 DO 160 form B 2 Environmental Qualification Form B 2 front connector 4 1 front connector pin out 4 2 location in aircraft 5 3 maximum cable length 5 45 mounting 5 3 outline drawing 3 2 power cables 5 11 rear receptacle 4 3 remote control 6 83 specifications A 2 Tray connector outline drawing 3 13 SBU Enable 5 39 SBU Failed 5 38 6 31 SBU nON 5 39 SBU nOn remote on off 5 39 SDU and HPA Tray outline drawing 3 11 security key wireless network 6 20 self test 7 13 serial number 6 9 server connection reports 6 45 Service Available 6 31 service log 7 14 services supplementary 6 22 services available 2 3 SETTINGS page 6 12 setup 5 47
33. 700066 aw WNORD eo Figure 3 6 Outline drawing TT 5006A IGA antenna Chapter 3 Equipment drawings 98 127093 E TT 5621B 2 Wire Handset TT 5621B 2 Wire Handset 3 6 SZLZ 761LL 13SGNVH 8LZ9S 11 ONWeOO ANIILNO yspeueg us8puusdo 5uljssu16ug suolp2lunuso2slal S V ueujul 9 uelul SALON 33S et wg wu Sam aw TVu3N3D eau Bw SIS NI geng ONY S3ML 3MITIIH NI 20 SNOISNEH IG 031413345 3S18i3i10 sem dSf dsr dsr ee 138v 1 NS Nd 1 803 G3A33S398 OLE 76 ELZOEO Z08000 LELO0OO UZOL 9Z G3SIA33 G3SIA33 G3SIA33 WNISIHO moa WAOUdd 3LVG NOLLdI32S3Gg Em SNOISIASY SO L 7 dm 17297 ANVHLSAYNA 10d LNVOYVLAY AWV ld AA SOC ZS GZEZY 00 0901 X04 OAI 2 GIZI SIE 07 GZS 318gv3 12Xd bS O EL 620 OZ S006 SE04 IV 076 NVX41 ALVNOSYVIA 10d JILSVTdOWYSHL 318V2 X3 ALIAVYD 20 XJLNJD SLVWIXONddvY S3L0N3q AIVIG ANVYHL 8 ANVYHL X03 HHL ALIHM ANVYHL 83 ANVYHL X04 MHL XXX XXX bZ9SO07 Nd S 1 SS00 Sg ZE0 DA S 00 9 ZLO 318gv2 DNI
34. Built in router and Wireless WLAN options 2 4 The AVIATOR 200 300 350 system offers a built in router as an option With this option multiple users and applications can use the system simultaneously Without this option only the first device that connects to the SBU will be allowed on the Internet The system also offers a built in WLAN option for wireless communication devices and a WLAN antenna approved for aeronautical use This includes full WLAN routing functionality If ordered these options are enabled in the AVIATOR 200 300 350 from the factory If these options are not included from the start the system can be upgraded at a later stage Then you receive the FLEX key for the purchased options and enter it in the AVIATOR 200 300 350 web interface Chapter 2 Introduction to the AVIATOR system 98 127093 E General description Compatibility with IRIDIUM satellite phones You can use the AVIATOR 200 300 350 system on aircrafts with IRIDIUM satellite phones As Inmarsat satcom systems and Iridium satcom systems are using adjacent frequency bands there is a potential risk of interference when the Iridium system is 2 1 2 98 127093 E used at the same time as the Inmarsat system To avoid this two filters are needed An Iridium Band Reject Filter TT 5019A must be inserted between the SBU and the HLD An INMARSAT Dual RF Filter Aircell P N P13167 must be inserted in the antenna coax of the Iridium system For fur
35. Figure 6 27 Web interface Settings Tracking 2 The information in the section SERVER CONNECTION and APN must be provided by your airtime provider 3 In POSITION REPORTS you can select among the following Compressed Aircraft s position with latitude and longitude Extended Aircraft s position latitude longitude heading speed and UTC time ECEF Aircraft s position in x y z coordinates and a velocity vector Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 6 45 Managing LAN WLAN network users 6 6 6 6 1 4 In INTERVAL REPORT and DISTANCE REPORT you can enable the respective report and set a report interval or distance 5 Click Apply to save the settings Managing LAN WLAN network users Introduction With the built in router functionality the system offers a flexible use of the data channel of the BGAN service You can configure the use of the data channel by defining network user groups and profiles The following picture gives an overview of the parameters involved Primary MAC address Network profile EH e P address gt gt user gt gt gt gt Desired IP LAN port group B Secondary connection profile Traffic flow filters Figure 6 28 Overview over network user groups and traffic flow filters The network user group you belong to is determined by one or more of the following the IP address of the device you are using the MAC address of the device you are usi
36. The minimum wiring required for an AVIATOR 200 300 350 system is described in the S ection Minimum system drawing on page 5 2 The CM HLD and some satcom antennas are powered by the SBU 2 2 2 Part numbers Applicable Thrane amp Thrane model and part numbers This Installation Manual is for the AVIATOR 200 300 350 system and is applicable to the model and part numbers below T amp T part number Model number Description 405040A TT 5040A SwiftBroadband Unit SBU without CM 405040A 001 TT 5040A 001 Configuration Module CM for SBU 405040A 002 TT 5040A 002 Built In Router Option 405040A 003 TT 5040A 003 Built In Wireless Option 405040A 004 TT 5040A 004 WLAN Antenna optional 2 pieces recommended 405040A 006 TT 5040A 006 AVIATOR 350 Key HGA IGA 405040A 007 TT 5040A 007 AVIATOR 300 Key IGA 405040A 008 TT 5040A 008 AVIATOR 200 Key LGA 2 6 Chapter 2 Introduction to the AVIATOR system Table 2 3 Model and part numbers for the AVIATOR system T amp T units 98 127093 E Application T amp T part number Model number Description 405016A TT 5016A AVIATOR High Power Amplifier Low Noise Amplifier Diplexer HLD 403002 001 TT 3002A Low Gain Antenna LGA Original Manufacturer Sensor Systems P N 65 8282 101 listed on FAA 8130 3 405006A PMA TT 5006A PMA Intermediate Gain Antenna IGA Original Manufacturer Chelton P N 677 A0002 listed on FAA 8130 3 405621B THW TT 5621B 2 Wire
37. ban ooo Fe MESSAGES M eceo Fos ie1 30 105 80 E080 oso CALLS EE D kk 0 0 0 0 k RB LAN n f ban B D Port forwarding o kb S kb ban IR RN Network devices D kb 5 ban IR a Network classification o B 0 0 0 0 B E Network user groups o b J E ooo Fanes r bk J e 0 0 0 0 k TR o0 EK ke EP WLAN Phone Fax Figure 6 11 Web interface Settings LAN Port forwarding 2 Select Enabled to generally enable port forwarding 3 Type in the Incoming port range 4 Type in the Destination IP address which in this example is the IP address of the mail server 192 168 0 100 Type in the Destination port range Repeat step 3 to step 5 to set up port forwarding to additional servers In the Active column select which ports should have port forwarding activated Click Apply You can now access the mail server from the Internet using the external IP address of the SBU For more information on setting an external IP address see step 6 in Editing a network user group on page 6 48 co ND Ww 98 127093 E Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 6 17 Setting up the interfaces 6 5 4 WLAN interface Note that the settings from the LAN window except Enabled Disabled also apply for the WLAN interface See Configuring the LAN interface on page 6 15 Enabling or disabling the WLAN interface To enable the WLAN interface do as follows L Make sure that the discrete input i e TP5 WLAN Enable in
38. group 98 127093 E Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 6 29 Setting up the interfaces To define the settings for these user groups do as follows 1 Select SETTINGS gt Common gt Closed user group from the left navigation pane SIGNAL TTT TTT DASHBOARD GROUPS CONNECT Group index Active Group no PHONE BOOK o fo lt gt MESSAGES 1 ken CALLS 2 kb es SETTINGS 3 C p LAN A o e G WLAN 5 o A OS Phone Fax 6 o o gt ISDN o A Common 8 o p Call forward Call barring 9 B lt gt Call waiting 10 Subscribed SE FATE SETTINGS FOR ACTI E CLOSED USER GROUP Line identification These settings are not used for subscribed closed user group Closed user group D Outgoing Access C Preferential IP handsets Discrete I O Figure 6 20 Web interface Settings Common Closed user group 2 Type in your user group number s under Group no Your airtime subscription lists your user group number s 3 Select which group s should be active If you select Active for Subscribed the group s included in your subscription will be active 4 To allow outgoing access for the activated user group s select Outgoing Access under SETTINGS FOR ACTIVE CLOSED USER GROUP Note that if you selected Subscribed above this setting will not be used 5 Select Preferential if you want the activated user group to be selected when a member of a user group does not specify the group number during c
39. gt Call forward from the left navigation pane SIGNAL 0000000 DASHBOARD Read current settings ok CONNECT PHONE BOOK STANDARD OICE MESSAGES Forward all calls Enabled CALLS Forward when busy I Enabled 004539558800 SETTINGS Forward if not reachable Z Enabled 004539558800 LAN H Forward if no reply JW Enabled 004539558800 when unanswered in 20 Sec y WLAN 3 1 KHZ AUDIO Phone Fax Forward all calls I Enabled ISDN Forward when busy Enabled Common Call forward Forward if not reachable Enabled Call barring Forward if no reply Enabled when unanswered in zo Sec 3 Call waiting DATA ISDN Line identification Forward all calls enabled Closed user grou E Forward when busy enabled IP handsets Forward if not reachable Enabled Discrete L Forward if no reply E Enabled when unanswered in 20 Sec z System Type RF settings Apply Cancel External systems Please note that some active call forward call barring or call waiting settings FLEX may prevent other call forward call barring or call waiting settings from being activated Figure 6 16 Web interface Settings Common Call forward 2 Click OK next to Read current settings to display the phone numbers for call forwarding for the subscription These numbers are operator controlled and come with your airtime subscription default A message saying Operation in progress please wait is displayed LS Allow sufficient time for the system to rea
40. 0000000 SUPPORT DASHBOARD For help please contact Please enter support information here CONNECT PHONE BOOK i f Generate diagnostic report to file Generate report MESSAGES CALLS SETTINGS ADMINISTRATION HELPDESK Figure 7 1 Web interface Help desk Chapter 7 Maintenance and troubleshooting 13 Getting support Helpdesk If you have entered the Help desk number it is displayed as a link To change the number click the link change the number and click Apply If you need help with SBU or antenna related issues call your local distributor Generating a diagnostic report When contacting your distributor for support please include a diagnostic report The diagnostic report contains information relevant for the service personnel during troubleshooting When contacting your distributor for support please enclose this file To generate a diagnostic report do as follows 1 Click Generate report in the HELP DESK page In some browsers the file may open directly in your browser If it does choose File gt Save As to save the file for MS Internet Explorer 2 Choose a location for the file and save it Extended status Click Extended status in the HELP DESK page to display further status information on logon status ongoing data sessions and ongoing calls SIGNAL MHHRNHH STATUS DASHBOARD IAI 2 status Registered CONNECT Ongoing data sessions Connection status PHONE BOOK Standard data 161 30 180 21
41. 1 AVIATOR 200 300 350 system components B 2 AVIATOR 200 300 350 system components B 2 1 SwiftBroadband unit SBU T amp T Part Number 405040A DO 160E string A1 F1 X CAB SB2M ExxxxxZ ABJ A RB ZC RR M A3 33 XXAX Conditions Temperature and Altitude Low Temperature High Temperature In Flight Loss of Cooling Altitude Decompression Overpressure Temperature Variation Humidity Operational Shocks and Crash Safety Vibration Explosion Proofness Waterproofness Fluids Susceptibility DO 160E 4 0 4 5 1 amp 4 5 2 4 5 3 amp 4 5 4 4 6 1 4 6 2 4 6 3 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 0 10 0 11 0 Cat Al F1 X Comments Installation in temperature controlled areas and inside or outside pressurized locations Short time operating low is 40 C Unit is active but inoperable until the unit temperature is gt 30 C Min operational temperature is 25 C Short time operating high 30 min 70 C Max operating high temperature is 55 C Forced cooling is not required and not recommended Max altitude 55000 ft Decompression test at 55000 ft Overpressure at 15000 ft Installation within temperature controlled areas 2 C min Standard Humidity 95 relative humidity at 38 C to 50 C for 48 hours Installation within environmentally controlled zones Equipment tested to Standard operational shock and crash safety Equipment tested without shock mounts to Cat
42. 1 4 size ATR W DPX2 P0299 101 Table 2 6 Basic installation kits from ECS for the SBU 2 8 Chapter 2 Introduction to the AVIATOR system 98 127093 E System block diagrams 23 System block diagrams In the following block diagrams and in the wiring diagrams in section 5 3 3 all satcom antennas that can be connected to the AVIATOR 200 300 350 systems are shown In order to use the satcom antenna with the AVIATOR 200 300 350 systems the specific antenna type and the AVIATOR 200 300 350 system must be Type Approved by Inmarsat as a combined system The satcom antenna types supported are listed in Satcom antenna systems on page 2 4 AVIATOR 200 300 350 systems will be Inmarsat Type Approved with more antennas as requested by market requirements Contact your Thrane amp Thrane sales support representative for the latest status on Inmarsat Type Approvals for satcom antennas for the AVIATOR 200 300 350 system Contact your Thrane amp Thrane sales representative or see http www thrane com Aero Products ApprovedSatcomAntennas aspx for a list of satcom antennas that have received Inmarsat type approval The following block diagrams show the basic system component interconnection and the user interfaces 2 3 1 AVIATOR 200 system with TT 3002A LGA antenna The drawing below shows the AVIATOR 200 system with an LGA antenna Antenna TT 3002 A Rx Tx AVIATOR 200 TT 5016A HLD Tx Modem 28 30 V DC i
43. 4 5 3 amp 4 5 4 4 6 1 4 6 2 4 6 3 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 0 10 0 11 0 12 0 13 0 14 0 Cat Al F1 SCLM E X X X X X Comments Installation in temperature controlled areas and inside or outside pressurized locations Short time operating low temp 40 C Min operational temperature 25 C Short time operating high temperature 70 C Max operational high temp 55 C Forced cooling is not required and not recommended Max altitude 55000 ft Decompression at 55000 ft Overpressure at 15000ft Installation within non controlled temperature locations 5 min Standard Humidity 95 relative humidity at 38 C to 50 C for 48 hours Installation within environmentally controlled zones Equipment tested to Standard operational shocks and crash safety Fixed wing turbojet amp turboprop fuselage and equipment rack Category S Curve C L amp M Not hermetically sealed equipment No test required No test required No test required No test required No test required Table F 2 Environmental Qualification Form for Iridium Band Reject Filter 98 127093 E Appendix F TT 5019A Iridium Band Reject Filter F 5 DO 160 specifications Conditions DO 160E Cat Comments Magnetic Effect 15 0 Z Magnetic deflection distance lt 0 3 m Power Input 16 0 X No test required passive device Voltage Spike 17 0 X No test required passive device Audio Suscept
44. 430 Integrated Services Digital Network ISDN ISDN User Network Interfaces ITU T Recommendation 1 420 ARINC 429 Mark 33 Digital Information Transfer Systems DITS ARINC 404A Air Transport Equipment Cases and Racking CCITT Rec G 473 Standard US DTMF Telephone Esl Applicable standards 10 _RTCA DO 178B Software Considerations in Airborne Systems and Equipment Certification December 1 1992 1 RTCA DO 254D Design Assurance Guidance for Airborne Electronic Hardware April 19 2000 12 ARINC CHARACTERISTIC 704A Inertial Reference System 13 ARINC CHARACTERISTIC 705 Attitude and Heading Reference System 14 ARINC CHARACTERISTIC 743A GNSS Sensor 5 ARINC CHARACTERISTIC 741P1 Aviation Satellite Communication System Part 1 Aircraft installation provisions 16 ARINC CHARACTERISTIC 781 Mark 3 Aviation Satellite Communication Systems ES Appendix E References 98 127093 E Appendix F TT 5019A Iridium Band Reject Filter F1 Introduction You can use the AVIATOR 200 300 350 system on aircrafts with installed IRIDIUM satellite phones To have the SwiftBroadband and IRIDIUM service working smoothly next to each other an Iridium Band Reject Filter must be installed between the SBU and the HLD unit An INMARSAT Dual RF Filter Aircell P N P13167 must also be inserted in the antenna coax cable of the Iridium system F 1 1 System block diagram The following block diagrams show the location of t
45. 5 16 Cable requirements for WLAN Order information for low pass filter for WLAN Product name Product description Manufacturer Coaxial Low Low pass filter for Mini Circuits Pass Filter SLP WLAN P O Box 350166 Brooklyn NY 11235 U S A 2950 Phone 718 934 4500 Homepage www minicircuits com Table 5 17 Low pass filter for WLAN order information 5 30 Chapter 5 Installation 98 127093 E Electrical installation and wiring 5 3 8 Wiring ISDN LS The AVIATOR 200 does not support ISDN services The interface can be used for standard voice services Wiring drawing TT 5040A SBU ISDN ISDN 1 Tx d output TP24 LAN Al 4 Pan input externally NT1 ISDN 1 Tx e output TP25 HO 0 5 Rx input ISDN 1 Rx c input TP23 le La oo O 3 Ter output powered TE ISDN 1 Rx f input TP26 ele A x out mit RJ45 Put NZ 4 p Female Connector ISDN 2 Tx c output Do not connect TE ISDN 2 Tx f output Do not connect ISDN 2 Rx d input Do not connect ISDN 2 Rx e input Do not connect Figure 5 16 Wiring ISDN interface Note that even though the AVIATOR system supports connection of several ISDN devices the satellite channel only supports transmission on one ISDN channel Pins for ISDN The following list shows the pins used for the ISDN interfaces on the SBU SBU pin Name description TP23 ISDN 1 Rx c input NT TP24 ISDN 1 Tx d output NT TP25 ISDN 1
46. 5 5 X Forced cooling is not required and not recommended Altitude 4 6 1 Max altitude 55000 ft Decompression 4 6 2 Decompression at 55000 ft Overpressure 4 6 3 Overpressure at 15000ft Temperature Variation 5 0 B Installation within controlled temperature locations 5 min Humidity 6 0 B Severe Humidity 95 relative humidity at 38 C to 65 C for 240 hours Installation within environmentally controlled zones Operational Shocks and Crash 7 0 B Equipment tested to Standard operational Safety shocks and crash safety Vibration 8 0 SCL Fixed wing turbojet amp turboprop fuselage zone Category S Curve C amp L Explosion Proofness 9 0 E Not hermetically sealed equipment Table B 2 Environmental Qualification Form for HLD B 4 Appendix B DO 160 specifications 98 127093 E AVIATOR 200 300 350 system components Conditions DO 160E Cat Comments Waterproofness 10 0 Y W Tested to condensing and dripping water Fluids Susceptibility 11 0 X No test required Sand and Dust 12 0 X No test required Fungus Resistance 13 0 F Equipment tested to Category F Salt Spray 14 0 X No test required Magnetic Effect 15 0 Z Magnetic deflection distance lt 0 3 m Power Input 16 0 X No test required power from SBU Voltage Spike 17 0 X No test required power from SBU Audio Frequency 18 0 X No test required power from SBU Conducted Susceptibility Power Inputs Induced Signal Susceptibility 19 0
47. 6 46 6 48 6 49 6 54 6 56 6 58 7 3 F 2 The section Using the Call log has been moved to the user manual 28 July 2010 UFO 98 127093 E 98 127093 E Chapter 1 Chapter 2 Chapter 3 98 127093 E Table of contents About this manual 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 fly E 1 1 Organization 1 1 Related documentation 1 2 Precautions Warnings Cautions and Notes 1 2 Introduction to the AVIATOR system 2 1 2 1 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 1 2 3 2 2 3 3 2 3 4 2 3 5 General descripti u qasashina aqasha sasaqa 2 1 The AVIATOR 200 300 350 system 2 1 AVIATOR 200 300 350 features 2 5 Application 2 6 Oe TR OC E 2 6 Part RRE ison tec opie eelere 2 6 System block diagrams 2 9 AVIATOR 200 system with TT 3002A LGA antenna 2 9 AVIATOR 300 system with TT 5006A IGA antenna 2 10 AVIATOR 350 system with Chelton antennas 2 11 AVIATOR 350 system with ARINC 74
48. 70 C Description Pin Max resistance type AWG20 AWGI8 AWGI6 AWG14 SBU TP1 16 210 mQ 17 ft 27 ft 43 ft Ne 28 V DC 250 mQ 40mQ 5 2m 8 3m 3 2m Suitable for Power in 7 5 A circuit We contact breaker size SBU TP2 16 25 mQ 2 ft 3 ft 5 ft nat GND Power The cable should 0 6m 0 9m 1 5m suitable for Return be as short as ms contact possible max 1 m size SBU Chassis BP3 16 25 mQ 2 ft 3 ft 3 3 ft Wei Ground Connect directly to 0 6m 0 9 m 1 0 m EE for aircraft chassis this contact size Table 5 25 Allowed lengths for SBU power cables a The max cable resistance is calculated using the resistance of a Klixon 2TC circuit breaker If another circuit breaker is used the max resistance and cable length may differ from these values 98 127093 E Chapter 5 Installation 5 43 Recommended cables Allowed cable lengths HLD The following table shows the allowed HLD cable lengths for selected AWG types If other AWG types are used make sure the contact type supports the AWG type LS Itis generally recommended to keep the Chassis GND cable lengths as short as possible HLD X4 M5 Chassis threaded Ground stud Description Pin Contact type Max resistance 25 mQ additional req max length 1m Max length at 70 C AWG20 AWG18 AWG16 AWG14 not suitable for this contact size Table 5 26 Allowed lengths for HLD Chassis Ground cable 5 4 3 Recommended Power
49. A429Rx WI Tx Modem and DC Loss lt 18 dB 1661 MHz lt 4 dB 54 MHz DC resistance lt 0 6 Q Rx Loss lt 20 dB 1559 MHz W2 HGA 6000 Antenna J1 RF 2 28V APS 28V_DC IN yy 28V_RET S 28V RTN GPSin BPA4 d DC out BP 18 BP 12 BP 14 BP9 TT 5040A TPA1 TPA3 GPS Antenna optional SBU Figure 5 6 Wiring HGA 6000 5 14 Chapter 5 Installation 98 127093 E Electrical installation and wiring HGA 6500 Antenna W3 Variation 2 t J1 RF L 28V APS 28V_DC IN 28V_RET 28V RTN ss OO In DS lt m Lot AN Il ee z G Loss lt 0 7 dB 1661 MHz aa aa zx 66 44 Ob to ON GPS Antenna optional dei NEE Se X1 GPSin BP A4 DC out TT 5016A TT 5040A HLD SBU Tx Modem and DC Loss lt 18 dB 1661 MHz lt 4 dB 54 MHz DC resistance lt 0 6 Q X2 Rx Loss lt 20 dB 1559 MHz W2 X B X4 X3 h Figure 5 7 Wiring HGA 6500 Antenna Variation 2 label at antenna plug 1 and 2 98 127093 E Chapter 5 Installation 5 15 Electrical installation and wiring Loss lt 0 7 dB 1661 MHz TT 5016A HLD o E Rx Tx J1 RF HGA 6500 Antenna Variation 3 J2 28V_DC IN EE SS Rei a lt SCH ee oo o oo Na Z AQ 235 33 OI lt a WI x2 Tx Modem and DC Q Loss lt 18 dB 1661 MHz Q lt 4 dB 54 MH
50. Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 6 69 Administration To enter the call tariffs do as follows L From the left navigation pane select ADMINISTRATION gt Call Charges SIGNAL HEHHHHHH The billing details from your Inmarsat Service Provider can be entered below DASHBOARD CONNECT Currency for display purposes only PHONE BOOK Standard voice 1 10 per minute MESSAGES cars 3 1 kHz Audio 5 50 per minute SETTINGS ADMINISTRATION Standard data 6 45 per MegaByte 1000 kB Gel Ger ee Streaming 8 0 00 per minute Log handling Streaming 16 per minute Data limits Profiles Streaming 32 per minute as Traffic flow filters SIM PIN Streaming 64 Eso per minute bas SIM Lock per minute Streaming 128 User permissions Remote management Apply Cancel Remote activation Disclaimer Please note that the estimates made on this basis are only indicative and 3 E Thrane amp Thrane cannot be held liable for any differences between these and your actual Restricted dialing bill If you change the currency or the rates these changes will also be applied to historical figures so you may want to save the call log to a separate file to keep track of HELPDESK historical data Figure 6 46 Web interface Administration Call Charges 2 Select the currency from the Currency drop down list 3 Enter the tariff for each of the services 4 Click Apply 6 70 Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR s
51. DC Power Modem RF Rx TT 5040A SBU Figure 5 1 AVIATOR 200 minimum system example with LGA TT 3002A and GPS antenna For other navigational input sources see Table 5 1 on page 5 4 5 2 Chapter 5 Installation 98 127093 E 5 2 5 2 1 5 2 2 5 2 3 98 127093 E Mounting considerations Mounting considerations Overview For optimum system performance some guidelines on where to install or mount the components of the AVIATOR 200 300 350 system must be followed Mounting and placement details are included in this section For information on requirements to cables see the individual sections in Electrical installation and wiring on page 5 9 For information on recommended cable types and lengths see Recommended cables on page 5 43 When mounting the units allow enough space to provide a sufficient bend radius for the cables See the cable data sheet for minimum bend radius TT 5040A SBU Forced cooling is not required and not recommended Installation in temperature controlled areas and inside or outside pressurized locations e g avionics bay Mount the SBU in an ARINC 404A 1 4 ATR short tray as shown in Figure 3 9 Outline drawing SBU tray ECS PO299 101 TT 5016A HLD Forced cooling is not required for the HLD Installation in non temperature controlled locations and inside or outside pressurized locations Make sure the cable loss requirements are met for further details se
52. EE 5 12 Wiring RU TEE 5 13 WITI g TIGAz6000222 EE 5 14 Wiring HGA 6500 Antenna Variation 2 label at antenna plug 1 and 2 5 15 XV List of figures Figure 5 8 Figure 5 9 Figure 5 10 Figure 5 11 Figure 5 12 Figure 5 13 Figure 5 14 Figure 5 15 Figure 5 16 Figure 5 17 Figure 5 18 Figure 5 19 Figure 5 20 Figure 5 21 Figure 5 22 Figure 5 23 Figure 6 1 Figure 6 2 Figure 6 3 Figure 6 4 Figure 6 5 Figure 6 6 Figure 6 7 Figure 6 8 Figure 6 9 Figure 6 10 Figure 6 11 Figure 6 12 Figure 6 13 Figure 6 14 Figure 6 15 Figure 6 16 Figure 6 17 Figure 6 18 Figure 6 19 Figure 6 20 Figure 6 21 xvi Wiring HGA 6500 Antenna Variation 3 label at antenna plug Y and S 5 16 Wiring He 7000 iced naa inqa Saha 5 17 WATT SMT SO 27 eeneg 5 18 Wiring ARINC 429 navigational input 5 20 Wiring GPS Interface with Power Splitter 5 24 WINING E 5 26 Ethernet pin configuration for SBU 5 28 Wiring WLAN antenna interfaces 1 and 2 5 29 Wiri g ISDN Ate TEE 5 31 ISDN RISS CONNECTOT eege EENS 5 32 Handset interfaces with possible combinations of connected devices 5 34 Wiring T amp T 2 Wire Handset a
53. EH Incoming calls Mistandard M3 1 kHz Audio Mupi Mero PHONE BOOK MSN numbers ENone gt z ENone gt z ENone gt z ENone gt z MESSAGES Outgoi II ic O Ca i arn utgoing calls Automatic Standard 3 1 kHz Audio SETTINGS Restricted dialing Disabled LAN PORT 2 WLAN Incoming calls Mstandard M3 1 kHz Audio Mupi Mepi Phone Fax MSN numbers lt None gt EI lt None gt EI lt None gt EI Enone gt z ISDN Outgoing calls automatic Ostandard 3 1 kHz Audio Common IP handsets Restricted dialing Disabled Discrete I O Apply Cancel System Type Figure 6 14 Web interface Settings ISDN 2 Set the call type s for incoming calls You can select Standard 3 1 kHz Audio UDI and or RDI M Connected devices will only receive incoming calls with the call types that are selected here For example if only Standard is selected and a G4 fax call using call type UDI arrives a fax connected to the ISDN port will not receive the incoming call Set the MSN Multiple Subscriber Numbering numbers that are to be assigned to each call type In most pieces of ISDN equipment you can program multiple subscriber numbers The number programmed into the equipment should be the dial in number that you wish that piece of equipment to answer If you set an MSN number to anything other than lt None gt connected devices must be programmed with these MSN numbers Note that this setting only applies to the call type selected above
54. Fax Modem 1 Ring TP7 2 Wire Voice Fax Modem 2 Ring TP8 SBU Enable Discrete Input connect to Chassis ground TP9 ATE 1 for factory use Do not connect TP10 ATE 2 for factory use Do not connect TPll 2 Wire Voice Fax Modem 1 Tip TP12 2 Wire Voice Fax Modem 2 Tip TP13 Chime Lamps Inhibit Input Discrete 1 0 TP14 Spare I O Discrete I O 98 127093 E Chapter 4 Connectors and pin out 4 7 TT 5040A SBU Pin out for SBU rear receptacle bottom plug Pin no BP6 BP7 BP8 BP9 BP10 BP11 BP12 BP13 BP14 BP15 BP16 BP17 BP18 BP19 BP20 BP21 BP22 BP23 BP24 BP25 BP26 BP27 BP28 BP29 Pin name Rx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 4 Output Data from secondary ARINC429 navigational input A Data from primary ARINC429 navigational input B Data from BSU ARINC 429 A Tx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 4 Input Tx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 4 Input Data to BSU ARINC 429 A Data from secondary ARINC429 navigational input B Data from BSU ARINC 429 B Common Signal GND for Ethernet Rx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 4 Output Common Signal GND for Ethernet Data to BSU ARINC 429 B Rx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 5 Output Tx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 5 Input Common Signal GND for Ethernet Common Signal GND for Ethernet Rx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 6 Output Tx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 6 Input Tx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 5 Input Rx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 5 Output Common Signal GND
55. ISDN interface 1 2 wire interface 1 TT 5040A SBU Private Branch Exchange PBX with SIP server 2 wire interface 2 WLAN interface Figure 5 18 Handset interfaces with possible combinations of connected devices Chapter 5 Installation 98 127093 E Electrical installation and wiring Wiring 2 Wire Handsets The following drawing shows the wiring of the TT 5621B 2 Wire Handset TT 5622B 2 Wire Cradle 2 wire fax modem 1 TT 5040 A TT 5621 B SBU 2 Wire Handset TP11 Tip TP6 Ring 2 wire 1 Voice Fax Modem TT 5621 B 7 GK TP12 Tip 8 2 Wire Handset TP7 Ring 2 wire 2 Voice Fax Modem 2 cable Note 18 short cable with Sub D connector is mounted on each cradle Figure 5 19 Wiring T amp T 2 Wire Handset systems Pins for 2 wire interfaces The below lists show the pins used for the 2 wire interfaces of the SBU SBU pin Name Description TP6 2 Wire Voice Fax Modem 1 Ring TP7 2 Wire Voice Fax Modem 2 Ring TPll 2 Wire Voice Fax Modem 1 Tip TP12 2 Wire Voice Fax Modem 2 Tip Table 5 19 SBU pins for 2 Wire interface Description of 2 wire interfaces 1 and 2 The SBU has two 2 wire Voice Fax Modem POTS interfaces connected to the PBX The interfaces comply with 2 wire 600 Q standard US DTMF telephones The 2 wire interfaces are not galvanically isolated from the aircraft frame Galvanic isolation is required at the external 2 wire terminal Two TT 5621B 2 Wire Hands
56. No test required Fungus Resistance 13 0 X No test required Salt Spray 14 0 X No test required Magnetic Effect 15 0 Z Magnetic deflection distance lt 0 3 m Power Input 16 0 X No test required Voltage Spike 17 0 X No test required Audio Frequency Conducted 18 0 X No test required Susceptibility Power Inputs Induced Signal Susceptibility 19 0 Z Equipment intended for operation in systems where interference free operation is required Radio Frequency Susceptibility 20 0 RR High Intensity Radiated Field HIRF associated with normal environment Emission of Radio Frequency 21 0 M Energy Lightning Induced Transient 22 0 A3E3 Equipment and wiring in moderately Susceptibility exposed environment in an all metal airframe Lightning Direct Effects 23 0 X No test required Icing 24 0 X No test required Electrostatic Discharge ESD 25 0 A Operation installation and repair in an aerospace environment Table B 4 Environmental Qualification Form for Tx Coupler and Rx Power Splitter Continued 98 127093 E Appendix B DO 160 specifications B 7 AVIATOR 200 300 350 handsets and cradles B 3 AVIATOR 200 300 350 handsets and cradles B 3 1 2 Wire Handset and 2 Wire Cradle T amp T Part Number 405621B THW 405621B THR 405622B THW 405622B THR DO 160D String A1X CAB SMB2 SM UFF1 XXXXXXAXXXB RR M A2E3 XXA Conditions DO 160D Cat Comments Temperature and Altitude 4 0 Al Installation in controlled temperat
57. ONY SIWIYJLYW Q313123dS 3SIW83H10 SSIINA SILON Leon F219 1 Leog zc e Ai OF G D tele di ee endian ps k S i ET cra LAIN oy DET Zoe OOO ae lt L tee zl Lab 43 E2 6S NN S10 gen fa lt BE ie OL 2000008 0000 by i DI Za 000000 Ca 010 990 fy 020 992 1 900 F168 SC PL KP set EHM a SOFE L DEN Ni Sai S10 F000 2 Qf OFF OS Di SP HERE r 7 s I H L 3513 Figure 3 12 Outline drawing SBU tray connector ITT Cannon DPX2NA 67322 0500 Chapter 3 Equipment drawings 98 127093 E Contact Assembly Quadrax Pin size 5 special 3 10 Contact Assembly Quadrax Pin size 5 special 244 0011 001 a CONTACT ASSEMBLY SIZE 5 SPECIAL QUADRAX m P A REVISED PER DC i 244 0011 001 R 167 D Eoo 060 el N 2 amp ITT Industries I o T
58. Pass LED The function of the Fail Pass LED on the SBU is Behavior Description Steady red A fault which may degrade the system operation is present in the SBU Flashing short green long pause Power On Self Test POST or Person Activated Self Test PAST in progress Flashing long green short orange No current failure but a BITE failure warning is logged in the error log Table 7 3 Function of the SBU Fail Pass LED 98 127093 E Chapter 7 Maintenance and troubleshooting 7 9 Troubleshooting Behavior Description Steady green No faults Table 7 3 Function of the SBU Fail Pass LED LED on maintenance connector The function of the LED on the maintenance connector is Flashing yellow LED Activity data in out TT B Link correct connection Fixed green LED Figure 7 5 LEDs on front maintenance connector 7 4 3 IP Reset Default button The SBU has an IP Reset Default button next to the front LAN maintenance connector below the metal cover The button has two functions To reset the terminal s IP address and netmask to the default value 192 168 0 1 and to reset the terminal to factory default settings N i N Thrane amp Thrane TT 5040A SBU O Power O Logon O Fail Pass ee Figure 7 6 IP Reset Default button on SBU front lt 7 10 Chapter 7 Maintenance and trouble
59. Pin TP13 Input Chime Lamps Inhibit Input This discrete input is used to inhibit Satcom activation of the chime and call lights during take off and landing Pin TP27 Output Annunciator 3 Service Available Default behavior Active low when the SwiftBroadband Service is logged on Pin TP28 Output Annunciator 1 Incoming call Default behavior Active low when a handset is ringing Pin TP29 Output Annunciator 2 SBU Failed Default behavior Active low whenever a BITE with severity essential or fatal is active on the SBU Pin BP1 Output Annunciator 4 Message received This discrete output can be used to indicate that there is an unread message in the SBU Default behavior Active low 98 127093 E Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 6 31 Setting up the interfaces Setting the discrete UO interfaces You can enable and set some of the discrete I Os in the web interface To set these do as follows 1 Select SETTINGS gt Discrete 1 0 SIGNAL DASHBOARD CONNECT PHONE BOOK MESSAGES CALLS SETTINGS LAN WLAN Phone Fax ISDN Common IP handsets Discrete I O HHHHLIUIU DISCRETE L Pin 170 TP13 Input TP27 Output TP28 Output TP29 Output DPI Output CALL OUTPUT Function Enabled Polarity Chime Lamp inhibitl Service available Incoming call Vv SBU failed Mv Message received JM C active high active low active high active low C active high
60. RF Settings and External systems 3 Power off the system and make the necessary changes install new antenna or move the entire satcom system If changing the system type directly without clicking the Reset button the contents of the pages RF Settings and External systems are erased and must be entered again This does not apply when changing between AVIATOR 300 and AVIATOR 350 in which case only the antenna type is erased EE Click the Values in Values in External Reset button RF Settings systems AVIATOR 300 to AVIATOR 350 No Not cleared Not cleared Yes Cleared Cleared AVIATOR 200 to AVIATOR 350 No Cleared Cleared Yes Cleared Cleared Table 6 2 Changing the System type use of Reset button a Note that the field ANTENNA Type on the page SETTINGS gt External systems is cleared Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 98 127093 E Setting up the interfaces Upgrading AVIATOR 300 to AVIATOR 350 To upgrade an AVIATOR 300 system with IGA antenna to an AVIATOR 350 system with HGA antenna use the following procedure to change the system type 1 Select SETTINGS gt System Type Select AVIATOR 350 Click Apply E WwW N Continue with the setup of the navigational input for information on how to configure the antenna see Setting up the navigational input on page 6 37 CAA When upgrading the antenna it is often necessary to reconfigure the cable loss see Configuring RF settings
61. WNIUIWN Y DIJ IDI L pu j N XL ZX S3JON Ee x SS poasyl SW GND 7X 1 e KA KA 8 N lt ul T GRR N I dSf S06080 pasinsy g N Si joulblig v S 3D d 7 SW Ze NOLL 220 SNOISIASY t Figure 3 4 Outline drawing TT 5016A HLD Chapter 3 Equipment drawings 98 127093 E TT 3002A LGA 3 4 TT 3002A LGA Original Manufacturer Sensor Systems P N 65 8282 101 listed on FAA 8130 3 1 65 09 DIA TYPE TNC O RING GROOVE MS29513 027 6 42 11 00 Dimensions in inch Figure 3 5 Outline drawing TT 3002A LGA For newest revision check at http www sensorantennas com 3 6 Chapter 3 Equipment drawings 98 127093 E TT 5006A IGA Original Manufacturer Chelton P N 677 A0002 listed on FAA 8130 3 TT 5006A IGA 3 5 3 7 Zo 1335 as NOILJ E6OZLL 761 L MOLITOR NO 3SN viua VNN31NV V900S 11 NIMYYO SNITLNO MIQ NIT suu pen us6ouusdo2 BuljssulBu3 suollo3lunuuo3slsl S V edel 3 uejJuL sassa ate oe 11 ID3J u S ap SUOI SoY 6EOLZSW 3044 NA ZE OL Jo Sat Buijunow S0 09S 887 XDW ZZ S3HD3NI XX X 7 13d OTI SSVTD S7 3N0gV3g WNININNIV 31y 1d43Sv8 E VNN31NV OLOZ LVS SSH IdINWO Z sq1 CO sq1 S 64 yO DA yZ LHDISM LINN 1 SALON Ka KK wan
62. a Standard call Outgoing UDI or RDI sessions will be not be influenced by this setting If you select 3 1 kHz Audio all outgoing calls except UDI RDI will use the call type 3 1 kHz Audio If you make a Standard call it will be converted to a 3 1 kHz Audio call Outgoing UDI or RDI sessions will be not be influenced by this setting gt You can override the call type setting for outgoing calls by dialing one of the following prefixes before the number 1 force the call to Standard 2 force the call to 3 1 kHz Audio 5 Click Apply 98 127093 E Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 6 23 Setting up the interfaces 657 Setting the common interface settings The settings under COMMON are common for all interfaces Note however that in order to use the common Access Point Name for an interface you must select Common for the APN setting when setting up the network user group Definition of Access Point Name APN The APN is used by the network user to establish a connection to the required external network This means that the SBU must know the APN in order to be able to connect to the external network APNs are provided from the Airtime Provider They may also be defined on the SIM card The common APN The common APN setting is defined here and can be selected for each network user group If you are using the same APN for many network user groups it is easier to define it once and then simply select i
63. and wiring Label octal Name Minimum Update rate 325 Roll angle 10 Hz 336 Inertial pitch rate 10 Hz optional 337 Inertial roll rate optional 10 Hz 361 Altitude Inertial optional 1 Hz Table 5 9 ARINC data format for IRS Continued a The presence of labels marked optional does not have an effect on the operation of the AVIATOR 200 300 350 system but may increase precision in the antenna pointing and time management ARINC data format for AHRS The required ARINC data format for AHRS is listed in the following table Label octal Name Minimum update rate 320 Magnetic heading 10 Hz 324 Pitch angle 10 Hz 325 Roll angle 10 Hz 336 Inertial pitch rate 10 Hz optional 337 Inertial roll rate optional 10 Hz Table 5 10 ARINC data format for AHRS a The presence of labels marked optional does not have an effect on the operation of the AVIATOR 200 300 350 system but may increase precision in the antenna pointing ARINC data format for NPI Note NPI can only be used together with the AVIATOR 200 TT 3002A LGA The required ARINC data format for NPI is listed in the following table Label octal Name Minimum Update rate 150 UTC Time optional 1 Hz 260 UTC Date optional 1 Hz 310 Latitude 1 Hz Table 5 11 ARINC data format for NPI 5 22 Chapter 5 Installation 98 127093 E Electrical installation and wiring Label octal Name Minimum Update rate 311 Longitude 1
64. antenna GPS HLD UO TAI 2 Glossary 2 Data Terminal Equipment Dual Tone Multi Frequency The signal to the phone company that is generated when you press an ordinary telephone s touch keys DTMF has generally replaced loop disconnect pulse dialing Electronic Cable Specialists Inc Effective Isotropic Radiated Power Electromagnetic Compatibility European Telecommunication Standard Institute Federal Aviation Administration Future Narrowband Digital Terminal A US Government standard for secure voice communication GLObal naya NAvigatsionnaya Sputnikovaya Sistema Global Navigation Satellite System in English Global Navigation Satellite System Global Positioning System High Power Amplifier Low Noise Amplifier and Diplexer in one unit Input Output Inmarsat Air Interface 2 The air interface used for BGAN IAI 2 is an evolution of MPDS with new bearer types which give a wide range of data rates from 16 kbps up to 492 kbps By utilizing different modulation schemes variable coding rate and power adjustment it is possible to change the bearer type to give optimum 98 127093 E IEEE IMEI IMSI IP IP IRS ISDN ISP ITU LAN LED LGA LRU MOD MSN NAT NC nON 98 127093 E Glossary throughput with efficient use of the satellite resources Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers International Mobile Equipment Identity A unique number identifying your terminal Internati
65. disable WLAN 6 18 6 44 discrete UO configuration 6 32 98 127093 E Index discretes types and description 5 40 wiring 5 38 DO 160 forms B 1 2 Wire Handset and Cradle B 8 CM B 4 HLD B 4 Iridium Band Reject Filter F 5 SBU B 2 drawings 3 1 2 Wire Cradle 3 9 2 Wire Handset 3 8 HPA Tray 3 11 Rx Power Splitter 3 4 SBU 3 2 SBU Tray connector 3 13 SDU Tray 3 11 E electrical installation 5 9 enable 6 18 WLAN 6 18 encryption key 6 20 Environmental Qualification Forms B 1 2 Wire Handset and Cradle B 8 CM B 4 HLD B 4 Iridium Band Reject Filter F 5 SBU B 2 error codes C 1 error correction for data packets 6 75 Ethernet interface setting up 6 15 Eval Prec Index 6 77 events list of C 1 list of active 7 12 exchanging units 7 2 exporting configuration 6 67 extended status 7 4 7 13 external access 6 82 F factory settings 7 11 Index 3 Index Fail Pass LED SBU 7 9 features 2 5 FLEX key sequence 6 43 forwarding calls 6 26 front connector SBU 4 1 G Glonass antenna distance from antenna 5 7 GPS antenna 5 4 6 38 distance from antenna 5 7 input 4 6 interference 5 7 wiring 5 24 H handsets initial configuration 6 85 wiring 5 33 header compression 6 57 Heading Offset 6 36 help desk number 7 3 changing in web interface 7 3 helpdesk telephone number 7 1 HGA services 2 3 High Gain Antenna 2 3 HLD cable length 5 44 connectors 4
66. e ISDN Rx Input f not connected not connected OD JO QI E OO N RJ45 female connector Figure 5 17 ISDN RJ45 connector Cable requirements ISDN Cable for the ISDN interface 100 Q 4 wire shielded cable The conductors must be twisted in pairs Supported cable lengths up to 100 meters 328 feet 5 32 Chapter 5 Installation 98 127093 E Electrical installation and wiring 5 3 9 Wiring telephone systems Built in Private Branch Exchange PBX The built in PBX of the SBU controls the 2 wire POTS interfaces 1 and 2 and one ISDN interface The built in PBX can also route VoIP calls that are terminated in the SIP server of the SBU Note that the AVIATOR 200 300 350 system supports one external call at a time When the circuit switched connection is in use by another phone you have to wait until the line if free VoIP calls and SIP telephony You can use phones with a SIP client and the WLAN interface to make calls These calls are terminated in the SIP server of the SBU and routed as a CS call through the built in PBX on the Swift Broadband channel For a detailed description how to setup your phone see SIP setup for Wifi enabled phones on page H 1 2 wire POTS interface 1 and 2 The 2 wire interfaces may be connected and configured to the 2 wire systems listed below e TT 5621B 2 Wire Handset TT 5622B 2 Wire Cradle ICG DECT Cordless Handset with POTS interface e Sigma phone with POTS in
67. for Ethernet Tx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 6 Input Rx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 6 Output Table 4 3 Pin out for SBU rear receptacle bottom plug Pinno Pinname BP Al 1 Tx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 1 Quadrax pin 1 Input BP Al 2 Rx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 1 Quadrax pin 2 Output BP A1 3 Tx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 1 Quadrax pin 3 Input BP AL Rx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 1 Quadrax pin 4 Output BP A2 1 Tx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 2 Quadrax pin 1 Input BP A2 2 Rx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 2 Quadrax pin 2 Output BP A2 3 Tx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 2 Quadrax pin 3 Input BP A2 4 Rx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 2 Quadrax pin 4 Output BP A3 1 Tx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 3 Quadrax pin 1 Input BP A3 2 Rx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 3 Quadrax pin 2 Output BP A3 3 Tx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 3 Quadrax pin 3 Input BP A3 4 Rx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 3 Quadrax pin 4 Output BP A4 GPS antenna input coax Modem DC out BPI Annunciator 4 Discrete I O Message received BP2 Spare I O Discrete 1 0 BP3 SBU Chassis Ground BP4 Spare I O Discrete 1 0 BP5 Data from primary ARINC429 navigational input A 4 8 98 127093 E Chapter 4 Connectors and pin out 4 2 4 2 1 TT 5016A HLD TT 5016A HLD The HLD is installed between the SBU and the satcom antenna Connectors on HLD Connector drawing Figure 4 4 TT 5016A HLD connector panel Connector functions 98 127093 E There are three
68. for individual use and will not be allocated to countries ISO 3166 1 Codes for the representation of names of countries and their subdivisions Part 1 Country codes D 2 Appendix D WLAN country codes Countries where the US country code applies 98 127093 E Appendix E References E 1 98 127093 E Applicable standards 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 IEEE Standard for Information technology Telecommunications and information exchange between systems Local and metropolitan area networks Specific requirements Part 3 Carrier sense multiple access with collision detection CSMA CD access method and physical layer specifications IEEE Std 802 3 2000 Edition Incorporating IEEE Std 802 3 1998 Edition IEEE Std 802 3ac 1998 IEEE Std 802 3ab 1999 and IEEE Std 802 3ad 2000 Adopted by ISO IEC and re designated as ISO IEC 8802 3 2000 E ISO IEC 8877 1992 Information technology Telecommunications and information exchange between systems Interface connector and contact assignments for ISDN Basic Access Interface located at reference points S and T RTCA DO 160D Environmental Conditions and Test Procedures for Airborne Equipment RTCA Inc July 29 1997 RTCA DO 160E Environmental Conditions and Test Procedures for Airborne Equipment RTCA Inc December 9 2004 Integrated Services Digital Network ISDN Basic User Network Interface UNI ETSI EN 300 012 1 V1 2 2 ITU 1
69. general instructions should be used for repacking with commercially available material 1 Wrap the AVIATOR 200 300 350 in heavy paper or plastic Attach a tag indicating the type of service required return address model number and full serial number 2 Use a strong shipping container e g a double walled carton of 160 kg test material 3 Protect the front and rear panel with cardboard and insert a 7 cm to 10 cm layer of shock absorbing material between all surfaces of the equipment and the sides of the container h Seal the shipping container securely 5 Mark the shipping container FRAGILE to ensure careful handling Failure to do so may invalidate the warranty Chapter 7 Maintenance and troubleshooting 7 15 Returning units for repair RMA procedure for aircraft owners and operators and other companies than Thrane amp Thrane partners Before returning units for repair please follow this procedure L Have the following information ready before calling calling your Thrane amp Thrane Partner T amp T Model number example TT 5624B AVIATOR 200 300 350 Serial number example 00443322 e A thorough description of the fault Aircraft serial number and or tail number Contact the Customer Service Center of your Thrane amp Thrane Partner or the company from whom you purchased the AVIATOR 200 300 350 Describe the fault as thoroughly as possible and ask for assistance In some cases the e
70. list page shows a detailed list of active events including the time of the first occurrence ID and severity of the event message and a short text describing the error For a list of events with description ID explanation and remedy see List of events with explanation and remedy on page CL The Event log shows the same information as the Event list but also includes events that occurred in the past and are no longer active Additionally it lists events of informational character describing normal phases of operation for the SBU The event log holds information of events registered in the SBU or antenna The same events are also indicated in the Antenna and Terminal LEDs on the SBU LED panel The log includes the time of the occurrence a short description location of the error etc This information can help troubleshooting errors in the system You can see the event log in the web interface To view the Event log select HELPDESK gt Event log from the left navigation pane Chapter 7 Maintenance and troubleshooting 98 127093 E Troubleshooting Extended status 7 4 5 7 4 6 98 127093 E The Extended Status page shows the following information The antenna Product ID The status of the connection to the air interface IAI 2 This field should normally show Registered unless the system is still in the startup process Ongoing data sessions IP address and connection status e g Active or Suspended On
71. network terms 6 57 6 6 6 Starting and stopping any data session 6 58 6 6 7 Establishing a PPPOE connection 6 59 6 6 8 Setting Up Static routing 6 62 6 7 Administration EE 6 64 6 7 1 Accessing the administration settings 6 64 6 7 2 Saving and loading a configuration 6 67 EE WE EE 6 69 Bek Log handlingr eebe ee ee 6 71 6 7 5 Data IMUS en ea AEE A Eege 6 72 6 7 6 Using proles l aa u a ayuy aas 6 72 6 7 7 Using traffic flow filters 6 76 6 7 8 SIM card limitations SIM PIN and SIM Lock 6 79 6 7 9 Setting up user permissions 6 80 6 710 Remote managements neii n u uu naku usa 6 82 6 7 11 Remote activation of a connection using SMS 6 83 6 7 12 Restricted dialing 6 83 6 8 Sitemap u u U L L L L Q Sa chase needa asas 6 84 6 9 Configuration of 3rd party phone systems 6 85 6 94 Tee ENER 6 85 6 9 2 ICG DECT Cordless Handset setup
72. shipping address 7 16 show number 6 29 Sigma handsets initial configuration 6 85 wiring 5 36 SIM card activation 5 47 SIM default 6 25 SIM Lock 6 79 SIM PIN 6 79 single user 6 15 single user mode 6 15 Index 7 Index SIP profile H 1 SIP setup H 1 SIP telephony 5 33 site map 6 84 SMS control SBU 6 83 software viewing version 6 9 software update 7 5 software upgrades interface 4 2 specifications A 1 2 Wire Cradle A 8 2 Wire Handset A 7 circuit breaker 2 7 HLD A 3 Iridium Band Reject Filter F 4 Rx Power Splitter A 6 SBU A 2 WLAN antenna A 5 Splitter outline drawing 3 4 specifications A 6 SSID 6 19 standards applicable E 1 start connection 6 10 static IP address device connected to SBU 6 15 static route 6 62 status air interface 7 13 connection 7 13 extended 7 13 ongoing calls and data sessions 6 9 viewing 6 8 status information 7 4 streaming 2 3 limit 6 72 streaming class bit rates 2 3 streaming classes 2 3 streaming rates 2 3 supplementary services setting up 6 22 Index 8 support contact details 7 1 contact information 7 3 phone numbers 7 1 system drawing minimum 5 2 system messages C 1 system ready 6 87 system type 6 33 change 6 34 upgrade 6 35 system minimum 2 6 T tariffs 6 69 telephone interface setting call type 6 21 temperature controlled HLD non 5 3 SBU 5 3 time connected 6 71 time counter calls reset 6 71 total
73. such as QoS Standard Streaming IP addressing Static or Dynamic this is decided by the SIM card setup and the service provider Internet access mode Router Mode Bridge Mode or No Internet Access 2 Identifying a network device See Managing network devices on page 6 53 The network devices are identified by their IP address MAC address and optionally device name 3 Associating the network user group and the network device See Using the network classification table on page 6 54 The network classification table determines which devices should belong to which network user group When a network device is connected the SBU runs through the network classification table to check if the new connection matches any of the entries in the table When a match is found the SBU establishes a packet data connection PDP context with the settings determined for the belonging network user group and the device is ready for use with the SBU Access to the network management settings Access to the network management settings requires an administrator password The default user name is admin and the default password is 1234 The administrator can create and manage network user groups and set up a network classification table defining priorities for devices network user groups and LAN ports CAUTION All user connections to the LAN interface may be affected when you change the settings below including your own current connec
74. the MSN number and only if the connected device supports the call type used You have the following options with the MSN numbers Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 98 127093 E Setting up the interfaces lt None gt No MSN numbers are used An incoming call is accepted in all devices connected to this port 1 2 3 or 4 If for example you select 1 at Standard call type an incoming Standard call is accepted by all devices that are programmed with the number 1 and connected to the ISDN interface 0401 0402 These are local numbers for separate devices connected to the ISDN interface An incoming call is accepted by devices that are programmed with the selected number and connected to the ISDN interface You can combine the MSN settings Example You have two devices connected to the ISDN interface One is programmed with the numbers 1 and 0401 the other is programmed with 1 and 0402 In the web interface you select the MSN number 1 under Standard If an incoming Standard call arrives both devices will accept the call If you make a local call to one of the local numbers 0401 or 0402 only the called device will accept the call h Set the call type for outgoing calls Ifyou select Automatic the call type will be determined by the calling device Ifyou select Standard all outgoing calls except UDI RDI will use the call type Standard If you make a 3 1 kHz Audio call it will be converted to
75. the antenna cabling and other external input you must use the SBU maintenance connector at the front of the SBU version or the version with Wireless option only To use the SBU Maintenance connector disconnect or switch off any PC connected to UAA For systems without the built in router option enabled i e the basic another LAN interface of the SBU Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 6 3 Tool for setup and use The built in web interface Accessing the web interface To access the web interface do as follows 1 Open your browser and enter the IP address of the SBU The standard IP address is 192 168 0 1 DZ If the local IP address of the SBU has been changed and you do not have the new address you can temporarily set the IP address to the default value by pressing the Reset button on the front plate of the SBU For detailed instructions see How to reset the IP address or the terminal software to default settings on page 7 11 For further information on the Reset button see IP Reset Default button on page 7 10 For further information on IP addresses of the SBU see Setting up the LAN IP addressing on page 6 15 2 The web interface opens directly with the DASHBOARD page The web interface consists of the following sections Thrane amp Wi SIGNAL TTL PROPERTIES SESSIONS TOTAL DASHBOARD Airtime provider Swift Standard voice inbound 00 01 16 CONNECT GPS position N 55 47 E 12 31 Standard voic
76. the different satcom antenna types Navigational input Satcom antenna type IRS AHRS GPS NRS NPI GNSS GPS only A429 A429 coax coax A429 A429 coax TT 3002A LGA X X X X TT 5006A IGA X X X HGA 6000 HGA 6500 X X HGA 7000 X X AMT50 X X Table 5 1 Navigational input for satcom antennas About satcom antenna steering for IGA and HGA AVIATOR 300 and AVIATOR 350 5 4 IRS If IRS is used the antenna positioning data is computed from the IRS data alone All necessary data is available from the IRS AHRS GPS AHRS does not include all the necessary data therefore a GPS RF signal must be sent to the SBU A GPS module is built into the SBU it computes the necessary position and speed information In case the TT 5006A IGA is used a GPS antenna is built into the antenna and the GPS RF is fed to the SBU If another satcom antenna is used e g a HGA the GPS RF signal may be obtained from a GPS antenna already installed on the aircraft The GPS RF signal enters the SBU at the SBU rear receptacle bottom plug BPA4 GPS antenna input NRS A special way to steer the antenna without the need for on board IRS AHRS systems is to use the NRS system This is ONLY possible with the TT 5006A antenna The NRS system consists of two parts a 3 D Magnetometer built in to the TT 5006A and a GPS module built into the SBU The 3 D magnetometer in the antenna senses th
77. the navigation pane Click on items in the site map to go directly to the relevant location LS You can limit access to some parts of the web interface for certain users Then the parts are grayed out For information on how to set up user permissions see Setting up user permissions on page 6 80 98 127093 E Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 6 5 Tool for setup and use The built in web interface Proxy server settings in your browser If you are connecting your computer using a LAN or WLAN interface the Proxy server settings in your browser must be disabled before accessing the web interface Most browsers support disabling of the Proxy server settings for one specific IP address so you can disable Proxy server settings for the web interface only if you wish Consult your browser help for information To disable the use of a Proxy server completely do as follows EU The following description is for Microsoft Internet Explorer If you are using a different browser the procedure may be different 1 In Microsoft Internet Explorer select Tools gt Internet Options gt Connections gt LAN Settings Local Area Network LAN Settings E gt r utomatic configuration Automatic configuration may override manual settings To ensure the use of manual settings disable automatic configuration P Automatically detect settings Use automatic configuration script Address Proxy server Use a proxy
78. to DTE BP15 17 21 22 27 BP6 19 23 O BP11 20 24 Cable 100 Q quadrax twisted SBU DCE and shielded pairs Figure 5 14 Ethernet pin configuration for SBU Common Signal GND BP15 BP17 BP21 BP22 and BP27 Common Signal GND is used to connect the shield of the Ethernet cables for Ethernet 4 5 and 6 on the SBU The shield for each cable is connected according to Figure 5 13 Wiring Ethernet The shield of the Ethernet cables for Ethernet 1 2 and 3 is connected to the shield of the Quadrax connectors 5 28 Chapter 5 Installation 98 127093 E Electrical installation and wiring 537 Wiring WLAN antenna interface Before wiring the WLAN antenna interface make sure that your system has the Built in Wireless Option TT 5040A 003 Overview The following drawing shows the wiring of the SBU WLAN antenna interfaces WLAN antenna 1 and 2 TT 5040A SBU WLAN antenna 1 coax TP A2 WLAN antenna 2 coax TP A4 WLAN enable TP5 1 Optional Figure 5 15 Wiring WLAN antenna interfaces 1 and 2 WLAN low pass filter The WLAN module in the SBU can in theory transmit in the 5 GHz 802 11a frequency range This is inhibited permanently by the software in the SBU If the aircraft cannot be tested to be immune to 5 GHz signals you can optionally insert a 2 4 GHz low pass filter into the WLAN Coax to safeguard the aircraft against transmission in the 5 GHz frequency range WLAN pins The foll
79. to set the ear volume of the handset initially in order to obtain sufficient volume in the ear piece D The information in this section is only meant as a guideline For complete information on the function of the Sigma handset refer to the Sigma manual To set up the ear volume To set up the ear volume of the handset do as follows 1 Ol Ww N 6 For further information on the Sigma handset refer to the manual for the Sigma handset 98 127093 E Take the handset out of the cradle and enter the menu system of the handset Use the volume control keys to scroll to the EARVOL setting Press the Flash key to select EARVOL Change the volume setting to 4 using the volume control keys Press to store the setting To adjust other settings press Flash to return to the menu Place the handset back into the cradle Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 6 85 Configuration of 3rd party phone systems 6 9 2 ICG DECT Cordless Handset setup It is sometimes necessary to adjust the volume of the ICG DECT Cordless Handset in order to have sufficient volume in the ear piece Also you may want to change the setting of the handset from pulse to tone if this is not already set D The information in this section is only meant as a guideline For complete information on the function of the ICG DECT Cordless Handset phone refer to the manual for your ICG DECT Cordless Handset phone Setti
80. traffic flow filters are applied to packets 0 is first then 1 2 etc 4 Select the Profile from the drop down list The available profiles are the profiles listed under ADMINISTRATION gt Profiles The selected profile is applied to all traffic that matches the conditions entered in step 5 5 Fillin one or more of the following fields to define the filter The allowed ranges appear in hover text when you pass the mouse over the fields 98 127093 E Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 6 77 Administration Source address Subnet mask This is an IPv4 IP address and subnet mask Only packets received from the specified source are accepted by the filter Protocol number This is uniquely assigned for the protocol being used For TCP typically Internet e mail FTP set this to 6 for UDP typically streaming to 17 The protocol number determines which protocol is used by the traffic flow filter Destination port range From and To This parameter requires knowledge of ports being used by the selected applications Note that Source and Destination are relative to the BGAN core network This means that Destination is your SBU Source port range From and To This parameter requires knowledge of ports being used by the selected applications Note that you must fillin both From and To even if there is only one port Type of Service Type of Service mask Set this value to a number between 0 and 255 Type of Ser
81. usage viewing 6 9 tracking 6 45 traffic class 6 74 traffic flow filters 6 76 Transfer delay 6 75 troubleshooting 7 8 diagnostic report 7 3 U updating software 7 5 updgrade new antenna 6 34 upgrade 6 35 usage counter 6 9 clearing 6 71 user interfaces 2 13 user permissions 6 81 setup 6 80 98 127093 E V version of software 6 9 voice mail number viewing 6 12 voice quality setting for ISDN 6 22 setting for Phone Fax interface 6 21 VoIP 5 33 W waiting calls 6 28 web interface accessing 6 2 browser settings 6 6 configuration 6 1 navigating 6 5 Wifi encryption key 6 20 name 6 19 wireless LAN interface setting up 6 18 wireless local area network name 6 19 wiring 5 1 5 9 AHRS and IRS 5 20 AMT 50 5 18 annunciators 5 38 antenna 5 12 ARINC 429 interfaces 5 20 Chime Lamps Inhibit 5 38 data cable for front connector 5 41 discrete annunciators 5 38 HGA 6000 or HGA 6500 5 14 HGA 7000 5 17 ICG DECT Cordless Handset 2 wire 5 37 Iridium Band Reject Filter F 3 ISDN 5 31 Maintenance PC and Reset 5 41 NAV source 5 20 phones and handsets 5 33 Quadrax connector 5 28 Sigma handsets 5 36 symbols 5 9 WLAN antenna 5 29 98 127093 E Index wiring symbol Coax 5 9 Ground 5 9 Shield 5 9 Twisted and shielded 5 9 WLAN cable loss 5 30 country code 6 20 disable 6 18 6 44 enable 6 18 encryption key 6 20 interface description 5 30 interface setting u
82. x 2 40 x 1 12 Weight 0 20 kg 50 g 0 43 lbs 0 11 lbs incl connector cable Mounting Mount in a pressurized and temperature controlled location Power consumption See TT 5621B 2 Wire Handset on page A 7 Operating Temperature 25 C to 55 C Storage Temperature 40 C to 80 C Altitude 55 000 ft Environmental Categories Refer to Environmental Qualification form in 2 Wire Handset and 2 Wire Cradle on page B 8 in Appendix B Table A 7 Equipment specifications for 2 Wire Cradle A 8 Appendix A Equipment specifications 98 127093 E Appendix B DO 160 specifications B 1 B 1 1 B 1 2 98 127093 E General Certifying agency Approval of the installation of the AVIATOR 200 300 350 system is not authorized by this installation manual Acceptance for the installation and use of the AVIATOR 200 300 350 system and its associated components must be obtained through the appropriate offices of the FAA or other certifying agency It is recommended that all proposed installations be coordinated with the local jurisdiction of the FAA or other certifying agency prior to performing the installation Environmental Qualification Forms The Environmental Qualification Forms list the environmental categories under which all Thrane amp Thrane components of the AVIATOR 200 300 350 system are approved Please refer to RTCA DO 160D E for further details on the following Environmental Qualification Forms B
83. 0 GPS module error 00300 to 00309 The GPS module is out of function The terminal cannot obtain a valid GPS position Contact your Thrane amp Thrane partner EV_ALARM_WLAN_MODULE ERROR 0310 WLAN module error 0310 The WLAN access point failed initialization Contact your Thrane amp Thrane partner if the problem persists EV_ALARM_ISDN_1T3720 ERROR 0330 ISDN failure 00330 to 00339 The ISDN interface on the terminal cannot be used Contact your Thrane amp Thrane partner EV_ALARM_SLIC_TT3720_POST ERROR 0340 2 wire failure 00340 to 00349 The Phone Fax interface of the terminal cannot be used Contact your Thrane amp Thrane partner EV_ALARM_AD9864 ERROR 0350 AD9864 calibration data error 00350 to 00359 Internal error in the receiving part of the terminal Contact your Thrane amp Thrane partner if the problem persists EV_ALARM_ANTENNA_NOT PRESENT WARNING 0360 No antenna found 00360 to 00369 The terminal cannot communicate with the antenna Check antenna cable between terminal and antenna Reboot the terminal Appendix C System messages 98 127093 E Tagname Severity Event ID Description ID Explanation Remedy Tagname Severity Event ID Description ID Explanation Remedy Tagname Severity Event ID Description ID Explanation Remedy Tagname Severity Event ID Description ID Explanation Remedy Tagname Severity Event ID Description ID Explanation R
84. 0 100BaseT Ethernet 4 Output 3 RxD BP17 Common Signal GND for GND Shield Ethernet BP19 Rx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 5 Output 6 RxD BP20 Tx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 5 Input 2 TxD DPI Common Signal GND for GND Shield Ethernet BP22 Common Signal GND for GND Shield Ethernet BP23 Rx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 6 Output 6 RxD BP24 Tx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 6 Input 2 TxD Table 5 14 SBU Pins for 10 100BaseT Ethernet 98 127093 E Chapter 5 Installation 5 27 Electrical installation and wiring SBU pin Name Description RJ45 pin F Name BP25 Tx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 5 Input 1 TxD BP26 Rx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 5 Output 3 RxD BP27 Common Signal GND for GND Shield Ethernet BP28 Tx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 6 Input 1 TxD BP29 Rx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 6 Output 3 RxD Table 5 14 SBU Pins for 10 100BaseT Ethernet Continued Wiring of RJ45 connector to Quadrax connector The physical layer conforms to IEEE standard 802 3 1 Chapter 14 Twisted Pair medium attachment unit except for the connector type To be compliant with 1 use an RJ 5 female connector for the user interface The below drawing shows the corresponding RJ45 connection The SBU is configured as Data communication Equipment DCE i e TX are input and RX are outputs SBU pin TP A1 A2 A3 RJ 45 female abie 100 Q quadrax twisted ao and shielded pairs 12345678 ve TxD TX input SBU pin B po input_ 3 n RxD
85. 0 2 255 255 255 0 Power off the SBU Connect the PC LAN Interface to the SBU Press and hold down the Reset button co N DD QO Keep the Reset button pressed while powering on the SBU and through the next step 9 Monitor the TFTP server window When the upload starts you can release the Reset button 10 When the TFTP upload finishes the SBU boots up using the new image Table 7 4 How to reset the IP address or the terminal software to default settings Chapter 7 Maintenance and troubleshooting 7 11 Troubleshooting 7 4 4 Overview Event list Event log 7 12 Viewing the Event list Event log and extended status When an event is registered the web interface shows an event icon A in the icon bar as long as the event is active The Event list only shows events that are currently active whereas the Event log shows the history of events that have occurred To view the event list click the event icon from the icon bar at the top of the web interface or select HELPDESK gt Event list from the left navigation pane Thrane amp Thrane SIGNAL WNDDDD A First reported ID Unit Severity Text DASHBDARD Fri Oct 10 12 43 50 2008 00101 0 Terminal ERROR System data damaged CONNECT S Fri Oct 10 12 03 20 2008 00104 0 Terminal ERROR System data damaged PHONE BOOK MESSAGES CALLS SETTINGS ADMINISTRATION HELPDESK Event list Figure 7 7 Web interface Help desk Event list The Event
86. 1 781 antennas 2 12 User un 2 13 Equipment drawings 3 1 3 2 3 2 1 3 2 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 lge WEE 3 1 TI 5080A SBU iieiea aenta E aaa ayy sh 3 2 TT 5040A 001 CM inserted in the SBU 3 3 TT 5038A 003 Rx Power Splitter 3 4 RSR AED EE 3 5 TIS3002A UGK EE 3 6 LR RU E ER 3 7 TT 5621B 2 Wire Handset 3 8 TT 5622B 2 Wire Cradle 3 9 KU E 3 10 SBU tray connector 3 13 vii Table of contents Chapter 4 Chapter 5 viii 3 10 Contact Assembly Quadrax Pin size 5 special 3 14 3 11 TT 5040A 004 WLAN antenna 3 16 Connectors and pin out A Me TT 4 1 4 1 1 Connectors on SBU 4 4 1 2 SBU Maintenance connector 4 1 frt SBU rear TECE PlaGle nsis eirinen eaa E R 4 3 rao CISH E EEE E E EEE AE EA 4 9 4 2 1 Connectors on HLD 4 9 4 3 TT 5622B 2 Wire Cradle
87. 161 30 180 16 Standard data 161 30 180 6 PROFILES ON LAN GROUP 0 8 16 STR Stop Streaming 8 Start Streaming 64 SESSIONS TOTAL Standard voice inbound 00 01 16 Standard voice outbound 00 11 47 3 1 kHz audio inbound 00 01 55 3 1 kHz audio outbound 00 00 00 Standard data Streaming 8 kbps Streaming 16 kbps Streaming 32 kbps Streaming 64 kbps Streaming 128 kbps BGAN X Stream ONGOING CALLS No active calls Figure 6 4 Web interface Dashboard Example AVIATOR 350 Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 11231 75 MB 03 10 00 02 57 34 07 12 15 20 11 28 11 52 43 00 00 00 98 127093 E 6 3 2 6 3 3 98 127093 E Using the Dashboard Properties The PROPERTIES section of the DASHBOARD shows the following information Airtime provider The name of your Airtime Provider GPS position The GPS position of your AVIATOR 200 300 350 system Viewing information on calls and data sessions D In some cases the BGAN network does not allow the position to be displayed to the user If this is the case the display may just show GPS acquired This means that the GPS position is received but the user is not allowed to see it This also applies if the AVIATOR 200 300 350 is not yet registered on the BGAN network but the GPS position is received Status The status of the SBU and antenna Examples of status information are Scanning Ready and Data active Satellite selec
88. 31ON AINOKUM AYM ANY NI G3SN 38 LON AVIN GNY ONI O31W3 JO Al 3dO d JHL SI SNIVINOD ONIL OZIN JO 1N3SNOO NILAM Ss3adX3 3H1 ij NOUVWXOJNI 3HL ONY IN3WNDOG SIH1 Figure 3 10 Outline drawing SBU tray EMTEQ MT4 2346 101 page 1 SCH Chapter 3 Equipment drawings 98 127093 E SBU trays err ie Kl 62 z rt o9 e2z 000 6 ONI O31W3 JO 1N3SNOO NILAM SS33dX3 JHL 1 OHIIM AVM ANY NI G3S n 38 LON AVW ONY ONI OJIA JO AlaadO4d JHL SI SNIVINOD 1 NOUWWAO3NI 3Hi ONY 1N3W02OQ SiH1 g Figure 3 11 Outline drawing SBU tray EMTEQ MT4 2346 101 page 2 98 127093 E Chapter 3 Equipment drawings 3 12 SBU tray connector SBU tray connector 3 9 nyr00so 22 190 nv 3914 94 2 r s 9 L g TI oosozzez o 00S ZZEL9 VNZXdO WidadS Cd 9141938 o YOLIINNOI 1 ue NOI LV LN3IHO Xvuqdvno YN2Xdd 1 Y3J9WNN l d YOLIFNNOD ONI e NOD SIH1 803 H nn LYVd NONNYD L1 maen msm XV80v00 dni 87 JIAYAOWAY UVF 20S XVOD dWIYD FIGVAOWSY H TAYDIN YJAO C109 NIW NIM OS Q3LYId 620 WAIWGYD YAO JLVWOYHD MOTIIA Q NI MOTI NMOHS SV YOLVINSNI JHL NI ANA 2N JHL HLIM Q3N911V 38 LSAW LIVLNOD LIVLNOD XYYQYNO IHL jO AGO YILNO FHL NO AYL ONIANYLOYd TINS FHL 1N3Nd1003 JHL We OL ONY SYOL29NNOD ONILVW OL JOVAVG SNOIYIS JLYNIWIIJ OL NOILNYI S3HSINI
89. 429 discardError framingError parityError overflowError regStatusRead regTimeTagRead regCtrlWrite interrupt reset clearCounters Primary Secondary Ant Rx Ant Tx 20 0 0 6752 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 422 0 0 FPGA Status Read 422 0 0 FPGA TimeTag Read 2 0 5 FPGA Control Write 0 0 0 FPGA Interrupt 0 0 0 0 Debug only 0 0 0 0 Appendix G Using terminal commands 98 127093 E Commands for troubleshooting the SBU G 2 2 Description of the status report The status report consists of up to seven parts 1 Report header ARINC driver configuration The overall status for the ARINC driver Status for the Primary ARINC Receiver Status for the Secondary ARINC Receiver if configured Status for the ARINC Antenna moden if configured Low level ARINC 429 counters N a LD E LA N Below is a detailed description of each part of the status report STAT Report The following lines are part of the standard system header there is no information relevant for the ARINC interfaces present in the header you may just ignore these lines STAT Report Module ARINC Status Ok Message REPORT SHORT CONFIGURATION The configuration part is just a mirror of the ARINC information already available from the External systems web page of the SBU STATUS ARINC DRIVER Current Time This is the current UTC time if available In this example the year 1970 indicates that the UTC time not yet is available Read th
90. 56 ft 17 m n a ECS 311501 5 8 mm 10 7 dB 46 ft 14 m P922 Chapter 5 Installation Table 5 28 Allowed lengths for WLAN cables Recommended cables Cable from SBU to WLAN antenna W5 and W6 CET Cable diameter Attenuation Maximum cable Size 5 contact mm dB 100 ft length part number EMTEQ TFLX165 100 4 2mm 21 0 dB 23 ft 7 m A45165 1 EMTEQ TFLX295 100 7 5mm 9 8 dB 52 ft 16 m EMTEQ TFLX480 100 12 2 mm 5 8 dB 85 ft 26 m Table 5 28 Allowed lengths for WLAN cables Continued a W5 and W6 stand for the cables needed when wiring the TT 5040A SBU see Wiring WLAN antenna interface on page 5 29 5 4 5 Recommended cables for ARINC 429 ARINC 429 cables shall meet the following standards M27500 for shielded wire The cables for the ARINC 429 interfaces must be twisted and shielded and conform to the standards for aeronautical use 5 4 6 Recommended cables for Ethernet Cables for Ethernet on SBU Quadrax connectors Ethernet cables shall meet the following standards e TIA EIA568 A CAT5 Requirements FAR 25 869 a 5 4 7 Cables for Discrete Signals Cables for discrete wiring shall meet the following standards e M27500 for shielded wire 5 46 Chapter 5 Installation 98 127093 E Activation of airtime services 5 5 Activation of airtime services Before the AVIATOR system becomes operational the aircraft owner or operator must settle a contract with an Inmarsat Service Prov
91. 7093 E General installation information Overview This chapter contains considerations and recommendations for installation of the AVIATOR 200 300 350 System Interconnect harness wiring and physical mounting must satisfy all applicable regulations gt Installation kits including wiring can be obtained through ECS Electronic Cable Specialists Inc or EMTEQ Inc For installation kits for the AVIATOR system contact ECS USA EMTEQ Inc USA Phone 1 414 421 5300 Phone 1 262 679 6170 or 1 888 679 6170 E mail sales ecsdirect com E mail sales emteq com Home page www ecsdirect com Home page www emteq com The Installation chapter is organized in the following sections Mounting considerations This section provides guidelines for the mechanical installation of the units in the AVIATOR system Electrical installation and wiring This section provides wiring drawings and guidelines for the electrical installation of the AVIATOR system It also lists the requirements to the cables Recommended cables This section provides lists of recommended cables and maximum cable lengths Activation of airtime services This section provides information how to activate airtime service and details about the system s SIM card The information drawings and wiring diagrams contained in this manual are intended as a reference for engineering planning only The drawings and wiring diagrams contained herein do not represent a
92. 8 Active MESSAGES Ongoing calls CALLS No active calls SETTINGS ADMINISTRATION HELPDESK Event list Event log Extended status Figure 7 2 Web interface Help desk Extended status 7 4 Chapter 7 Maintenance and troubleshooting 98 127093 E Software update 7 3 Software update Hardware and software requirements The following items are required before the software can be updated One computer with a standard Ethernet port available A standard Internet browser 1024x768 pixels or higher display resolution The program is best viewed using small fonts One straight LAN cable The zipped file containing the new software 7 3 1 SBU software update Preparing the software update LS Software update should only be done by qualified service personnel Open your browser and enter the IP address of the SBU The standard IP address is On the PC unzip the zip file containing the new software Remember or write down which folder you extracted the file to Connect the SBU to the PC LAN port using the SBU maintenance connector and a straight LAN cable Power on the AVIATOR 200 300 350 system 192 168 0 1 LS If the local IP address of the SBU has been changed and you do not have the new address you can temporarily set the IP address to the default value by pressing the Reset button next on the front plate of the SBU For detailed instructions see How to reset the IP address or the terminal software to d
93. 9 dimensions A 3 A 4 A 5 DO 160 form B 4 Environmental Qualification Form B 4 location in aircraft 5 3 mounting 5 3 specifications A 3 hotline telephone number 7 1 Index 4 I ICG DECT Cordless Handset initial configuration 6 86 wiring 2 wire 5 37 IGA services 2 3 IMEI number 6 9 importing configuration 6 68 IMSI number 5 48 inoperative units 7 2 input GPS antenna 4 6 installation kit part number 2 7 installation kits contact information 2 8 supplier 5 1 interface WLAN disable 6 44 interface for software upgrades 4 2 interfaces 5 1 user 2 13 interference GPS antenna 5 7 Intermediate Gain Antenna 2 3 IP address 7 10 default 7 10 external setting up 6 50 for connected device 6 53 for web interface 6 4 local setting up 6 16 local viewing 6 9 reset 7 10 Iridium Band Reject Filter F 1 DO 160 form F 5 Environmental Qualification Form F 5 equipment drawing F 2 mounting F 3 specifications F 4 IRIDIUM filter 2 5 F 1 H 1 IRS 5 4 navigational input 5 4 6 37 wiring 5 20 98 127093 E ISDN cable requirements 5 32 interface description 5 32 pins 5 31 setup 6 22 wiring 5 31 ISDN interface setting up 6 22 ISDN routing phone fax and data 5 34 L lamp driver interface specifications 5 40 LAN managing network users 6 46 setting up interface 6 15 setup 6 15 LEDs on SBU Fail Pass 7 9 Logon 7 9 Maintenance connector 7 10 Power 7
94. 9 system ready 6 87 LGA services 2 3 limit calls 6 83 limiting data services 6 72 streaming 6 72 line identification 6 29 local exchange 6 31 location HLD non temperature controlled 5 3 SBU temperature controlled 5 3 log off administrator 6 67 log on administrator 6 64 Logon LED on SBU 7 9 logs clearing 6 71 Low Gain Antenna 2 3 low pass filter 5 29 WLAN order information 5 30 98 127093 E Index M MAC address 6 9 magnet distance from for IGA 5 6 magnetic environment 5 5 5 6 calibration 6 39 magnetometer calibration analysis 6 41 calibration procedure 6 39 Maintenance connector functional description 4 2 LED 7 10 PC and Reset wiring 5 41 pin out 4 2 Maintenance interface pin allocation 5 41 manufacturer address ii messages C 1 mobile numbers viewing and editing 6 11 model numbers applicable 2 6 mounting considerations 5 3 antenna 5 4 HLD 5 3 Iridium Band Reject Filter F 3 magnetic environment 5 6 SBU 5 3 WLAN antenna 5 8 NAT 6 57 NAV source wiring 5 20 navigation in web interface 6 5 navigational input 6 37 AHRS IRS 5 4 enter in configuration 6 37 Heading Offset 6 36 IRS in SBU 6 37 Pitch Offset 6 36 Roll Offset 6 36 SBU 6 2 wiring 5 20 Index 5 Index netmask default 7 11 Network Address Translation 6 57 network management 6 46 network terms definitions 6 57 NRS 5 4 calibration 6 39 minimum distance for magnetic int
95. 98 127093 E Tagname Severity Event ID Description ID Explanation Remedy Tagname Severity Event ID Description ID Explanation Remedy Tagname Severity Event ID Description ID Explanation Remedy Tagname Severity Event ID Description ID Explanation Remedy Tagname Severity Event ID Description ID Explanation Remedy 98 127093 E Types of messages EV_TT5006A_MOTOR_FAILURE ERROR 9403 TT 5006A Motor Failure 9403 The software in the TT 5006A antenna has detected a problem with the motor and the antenna is not working Try to reset the system and antenna If the failure persists then replace the antenna EV_TT5006A_MOTOR_THERMAL FAILURE ERROR 9404 TT 5006A Motor Temperature Failure 9404 The antenna is too hot Try to power off the system and antenna for a longer period of time i e park the airplane in the shade such that the antenna can cool down If the failure persists then replace the antenna EV_TT5006A_ENDSTOP_SENSOR_FAILURE ERROR 9405 TT 5006A Endstop Sensor Failure 9405 The software in the TT 5006A antenna has detected a problem with the endstop sensor and the antenna is not working Try to reset the system and antenna If the failure persists then replace the antenna EV_TT5006A_FLASH_FAILURE ERROR 9406 TT 5006A Flash Failure 9406 The software in the TT 5006A antenna has detected a problem with the flash test and the antenna is not working Try to r
96. AN Phone Fax ISDN Common IP handsets Discrete L System Type RF settings External systems FLEX Tracking Upload Figure 6 7 Web interface Settings page with satellite selection field 98 127093 E Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 6 13 Setting up the interfaces 6 5 2 Selecting the preferred BGAN satellite By default the SBU is set up to automatically find the most appropriate satellite to connect to Auto mode However if you are located in an area with more than one BGAN satellite available you can select the satellite you prefer to use when registering on the BGAN network To select the preferred BGAN satellite To select the preferred BGAN satellite do as follows L Select SETTINGS from the left navigation pane SIGNAL TT TTT SETTINGS DASHBOARD SATELLITE SELECTION CONNECT PHONE BOOK MESSAGES CALLS SETTINGS Figure 6 8 Web interface Settings satellite selection 2 Select the satellite you prefer to use If you select Auto default setting the AVIATOR 200 300 350 system automatically uses the most appropriate satellite If you have any ongoing calls or data sessions they will be terminated when you click Apply to change the satellite 3 Click Apply The AVIATOR 200 300 350 terminates all ongoing connections and de registers from the current satellite before registering on the new satellite LS If you have selected a specific satellite the AVIATOR 200 300 350 syste
97. AVIATOR 200 300 350 Installation and maintenance manual FE clobaicom Unit 11 33 Riley Road Woodmead Document number 98 127093 E 27 11 612 3660 sales gc sat com Release date 28 July 2010 www gc sat com Disclaimer Information in this document is subject to change without notice The information drawings and wiring diagrams contained in this manual are intended as a reference for engineering planning only The drawings and wiring diagrams contained herein do not represent any specific Supplemental Type Certificate STC It is the installer s responsibility to compose installation drawings specific to the aircraft This manual and the drawings and wiring diagrams contained herein may not be used as a substitute for an STC package The newest versions of Thrane amp Thrane user and installation manuals can be downloaded from www thrane com Providers with access to Thrane amp Thrane s Extranet may obtain current copies of manuals and outline drawings at http extranet thrane com Thrane amp Thrane is not responsible for the content or accuracy of any translations or reproductions in whole or in part of this manual from any other source Copyright 2010 Thrane amp Thrane A S All rights reserved Printed in Denmark Trademark Acknowledgements Thrane amp Thrane is a registered trademark of Thrane amp Thrane A S in the European Union and the United States Inmarsat is a registered trademark of the Inte
98. AWIC S81 ZO 0 S81 ZE 0 DA 0 00 DA 970 TIWWYON LHDISM LINN ALIAVYD SO YSLNSD SALVWIXOUddV SALONS Ge E00 Y8E0S07 N d JNYXHL 8 SANVYHL q138Y71 ON IVWINAS 191 0 L8 S5IV1d AIWWAS N S33V1d Z HONOYHL OED G6 TWNISINO NOILdIY3S30 SNOISIASY Figure 3 3 Outline Drawing Rx Power Splitter 98 127093 E Chapter 3 Equipment drawings 3 4 TT 5016A HLD TT 5016A HLD 3 3 3 5 L z 4 b 30 133HS uoN gie NO0l1323 Odd OVZLZL 76 LL EV ONY Ve SION s ON DNIMWHO ON 1N30I3g03 azis CH 247 gs o1 v 2 VOLOS LL Bumosq ullino auu OLE0 8O Depp SWDUUSg U pyu doz BuaSsulbUy SUQID IUTIUUUO2 1 SEIL 9 SUBIUL V9LOSOY Nid SUDIUL 3 SUDIUL UZEZ OO S85D d 7 SSO No ei E lDuJ J 32Uu L G XY EN alpuis4 5u1 1 q07 upjul uDiul JO PaAJasay S juy LN S81 2Z 0 S81 Z S By vo 5y oz pn Jun 7 D Ayans6 Jo Jajuad ayow xoiddo sajouaq 3M3D 8 JDOIdO jOSDIju JAW Ja saXxody yuIDY Z
99. Allowed lengths for HLD Chassis Ground cable 5 44 List of Recommended RF Cables 5 45 Allowed lengths for WLAN cables 5 45 Webinterface ICONS airet peatse nee eA Eaei eean aena ei usq amy 6 5 Changing the System type use of Reset button 6 34 Navigational input for system types and satcom antennas 6 37 Evaluation of the magnetometer calibration score 6 41 Magnetometer calibration Error messages at failing Start procedure 6 42 Magnetometer calibration Error messages at failing Stop procedure 6 42 PPPoE connection service names and descrptons 6 61 PPPoE connection service names and descriptions for custom APN ssssessesesee 6 61 Function ot the SBU Power LEDit iita iire E aaas PEA 7 9 Function of the SBU Logon LED 7 9 Function of the SBU Fail Pass LED 7 9 How to reset the IP address or the terminal software to default settings 7 11 Equipment specifications for TT 5040A SBU A 2 Equipment specifications for TT 5040A 001 CM
100. BHHH RESET ADMINISTRATOR PASSWORD DASHBOARD Reset coda C C CONNECT Reset Cancel PHONE BOOK MESSAGES CALLS SETTINGS ADMINISTRATION Figure 6 42 Web interface Administration Reset administrator password 3 Type in the reset code obtained from your supplier and click Reset 4 Type in the user name Admin and the default password 1234 5 Click Logon For information on how to change the password see the next section Changing the administrator password Changing the administrator password To change the administrator password do as follows 1 After entering the administrator user name and password in the ADMINISTRATION page locate the section Change administrator logon Thrane amp Thrane SIGNAL O000000 ZN Please remember to log off after use DASHBOARD Change administrator logon CONNECT O User name PHONE TROK New password MESSAGES Retype new password eeu SETTINGS Configuration ADMINISTRATION Save configuration to file Call charges Load configuration from file user data only L Browse Load Log handling Data limits Load configuration from file include install data Browse Load Profiles Administrator logoff Traffic flow filters Figure 6 43 Web interface Administration change administrator logon 6 66 Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 98 127093 E Administration 2 Type in the existing user name 3 Type in the new password and retype it on
101. Bop Tanai Refresh Upload Figure 6 24 Web interface Settings External systems AVIATOR 350 with TT 5006 antenna Below Antenna select in the drop down list next to Type the connected antenna See Table 6 3 on page 6 37 for available selections For NAVIGATIONAL INPUT select one option Which options are available depends on the installed antenna see Table 6 3 on page 6 37 Only for ARINC sources For Primary and Secondary select Connected and Speed Only for ARINC sources If you do not have second navigational input source available you must set Connected of SECONDARY input to No Only AHRS GPS and GPS only GPS VOLTAGE is needed if you have selected AHRS GPS as a navigation source and HGA 6000 or AMT 50 as an antenna In this case you have a separate GPS antenna that needs to be powered by the SBU Use GPS VOLTAGE to set the voltage to the correct value for the GPS antenna It is not used for the TT 5006A antenna The TT 5006A antenna has an integrated GPS antenna then you do not need to set the GPS voltage Click Apply to apply the new settings 1 ARINC sources are IRS AHRS GPS GNSS and NPI Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 98 127093 E 6 5 13 Setting up the interfaces 9 MAGNETOMETER CALIBRATION LS This is only necessary for TT 5006A IGA and NRS selected If you use the satcom antenna TT 5006A with NRS you must do a MAGNETOMETER CALIBRATION to compensate for potential magnet
102. C 404 connectors 4 1 ARINC 429 wiring 5 20 assistance telephone number 7 1 AT commands 6 81 ATE pins 5 42 automatic test equipment pins 5 42 backup configuration 6 67 barring calls 6 27 bit error ratio 6 75 bit rates streaming class 2 3 block diagrams 2 9 Broadcast SSID 6 19 browser settings for web interface 6 6 browsers supported 6 2 buttons Push To Test 7 8 Index 1 Index C cable loss 6 36 antenna system 5 19 RF cables 5 12 WLAN 5 30 cable specification SBU maintenance connector 4 2 cables allowed lengths for power 5 43 ARINC 429 5 23 ARINC 429 recommended types 5 46 discrete signals 5 46 Ethernet 5 46 Ethernet recommended 5 46 ISDN requirements 5 32 maximum length for HLD 5 44 maximum length SBU to HLD 5 45 maximum length WLAN 5 45 power recommended types 5 44 recommended 5 43 RF general requirements 5 7 RF recommended types 5 45 SBU power supply 5 11 calibration analysis 6 41 NRS 6 39 calibration procedure magnetometer 6 39 call charges calls 6 69 call limiting 6 83 call log clear 6 71 Call output 6 32 call type setting for ISDN 6 22 setting for Phone Fax interface 6 21 calls barring 6 27 closed user group 6 29 forwarding 6 26 line identification 6 29 viewing ongoing 6 9 waiting indication 6 28 charges calls 6 69 data sessions 6 69 Index 2 Chime Lamps Inhibit configuration 6 31 wiring 5 38 Circuit breaker specificati
103. DC GPS OV or 5Vdc e a V 1 TT 5040A SBU KAS nteriaces RK i St Se SSES Figure 2 5 System configuration ARINC 429 antennas For detailed description of the connection of each antenna type see Wiring the satcom antenna on page 5 12 Chapter 2 Introduction to the AVIATOR system 98 127093 E System block diagrams 2 3 5 User interfaces The AVIATOR 200 300 350 system has the following user interfaces Interfaces Number 2 wire POTS interface 2 This interface can be used for the TT 5621B 2 Wire Handset and TT 5622B 2 Wire Cradle or other POTS handsets The TT 5622B 2 Wire Cradle has an RI connector to which additional 2 wire terminals can be connected e g for fax or modem data 10 100BaseT Ethernet interfaces for connecting IP equipment Note 6 that the SBU has a Built in Router option The SBU has an additional Ethernet interface for system configuration Maintenance connector on the SBU front plate not shown in the following figure Built in Wireless Option with two WLAN antenna interfaces for 1 diversity operation to connect WiFi enabled equipment like laptops 32 devices PDAs or VOIP handsets Euro ISDN S bus interface for PC Fax or STE without DC power 1 support Discrete outputs for annunciators 4 Table 2 7 AVIATOR 200 300 350 user interfaces 98 127093 E Chapter 2 Introduction to the AVIATOR system 2 13 System block diag
104. DU_AERO_HLD_TOO_LOW_TEMP_CAUSE_TX_OFF ERROR 8052 HLD is operating below minimum specified temperature TX is turned off 8052 The temperature sensor in the HLD has detected a cooling below minimum threshold To avoid operation outside of certified temperature range all transmission has ceased When the temperature of the HLD increases above the minimum temperature the system will automatically recover and enable transmission EV_BDU_USIM_REJECTED WARNING 8056 USIM rejected 08056 The type of USIM card inserted in the terminal is not correct for your terminal Make sure you have the correct type of USIM card EV_AERO_ANTENNA FAILURE ERROR 9400 Antenna Failure 9400 The antenna has reported an error and may not work properly Try to reset the system and antenna If the failure persists then replace the antenna EV_TT5006A_INCLINOMETER_FAILURE ERROR 9401 TT 5006A Inclinometer Failure 9401 The software in the TT 5006A antenna has detected a problem with the inclinometer sensor and the antenna is not working Try to reset the system and antenna If the failure persists then replace the antenna EV_TT5006A_MAGNETOMETER_FAILURE ERROR 9402 TT 5006A Magnetometer Failure 9402 The software in the TT 5006A antenna has detected a problem with the magnetometer and the antenna is not working Try to reset the system and antenna If the failure persists then replace the antenna Appendix C System messages
105. Handset white 405621B THR TT 5621B 2 Wire Handset black 405622B THW TT 5622B 2 Wire Cradle white 405622B THR TT 5622B 2 Wire Cradle black 405019A TT 5019A Iridium Band Reject Filter Table 2 3 Model and part numbers for the AVIATOR system T amp T units Continued Circuit breakers Part number 2TC2 7 5 Recommended aircraft circuit breakers Klixon 2TC series 7 5 A current rating SBU Table 2 4 Part numbers for Klixon circuit breakers a The CM HLD and some satcom antennas are powered by the SBU Trays and connectors Part number Approved tray P0299 101 ECS Tray Assembly 1 4 size ATR for SBU MT4 2346 101 EMTEQ Tray Assembly 1 4 size ATR for SBU Part number Required Connector Kit for SBU tray DPX2NA 67322 500 ITT Cannon Connector Dual Plug contact arrangement top 33C4 bottom 33C4 Table 2 5 Part number for connector 98 127093 E Chapter 2 Introduction to the AVIATOR system 2 7 Application Installation kits For installation kits for the AVIATOR 200 300 350 system contact ECS USA EMTEQ Inc USA Phone 1 414 421 5300 Phone 1 262 679 6170 or 1 888 679 6170 E mail sales ecsdirect com E mail sales emteq com Home page www ecsdirect com Home page www emteq com ECS offers an installation kit for the SBU ECS part number 120 14793 102 Item in installation kit 1 ARINC connector SBU DPX2NA 67322 500 1Tray Assembly SBU
106. Hz 312 Ground speed 1 Hz 313 Track angle True 1 Hz 361 Altitude Inertial optional 1Hz Table 5 11 ARINC data format for NPI a The presence of labels marked optional does not have an effect on the operation of the AVIATOR 200 system but may increase precision in the time management ARINC data format for GNSS LS GNSS can only be used together with the AVIATOR 200 TT 3002A LGA The required ARINC data format for GNSS is listed in the following table Label octal Name Minimum Update rate 103 Track angle 1 Hz 110 Latitude 1 Hz 111 Longitude 1 Hz 112 Ground speed 1 Hz 150 UTC Time optional 1 Hz 260 UTC Date optional 1 Hz 370 Height optional 1 Hz Table 5 12 ARINC data format for GNSS a The presence of labels marked optional does not have an effect on the operation of the AVIATOR 200 system but may increase precision in the time management Cable requirements ARINC 429 The cables for the ARINC 429 interfaces must be twisted and shielded They must conform to the standards for aeronautical use For recommended cable types see Recommended cables for ARINC 429 on page 5 46 98 127093 E Chapter 5 Installation 5 23 Electrical installation and wiring 5 3 5 Wiring GPS interface Wiring the GPS antenna When the GPS antenna is shared with other equipment on the aircraft it is recommended to use a power splitter with DC block in order to protect other equipment from unintended p
107. L TL DASHBOARD ENTER VALUES FOR NEW ENTRY CONNECT Destination J J J PHONE BOOK Netmask OLOCO MESSAGES Gateway Il ml mal I Ss Aeply Cancel SETTINGS LAN Figure 6 40 Web interface Settings LAN Static route add 3 Enter the values for your device Destination The IP address you want to route to Netmask The netmask you want to route to Gateway The gateway e g the address of a wireless access point or router to which the destination device is connected 4 Click Apply The values for the new entry are now in the list This means that the SBU can communicate with the destination IP address on the other side of the gateway 98 127093 E Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 6 63 Administration 6 7 Administration In this section of the web interface you can configure a number of administrative settings Saving and loading a configuration Call charges Log handling Data limits Using profiles Using traffic flow filters SIM card limitations SIM PIN and SIM Lock Setting up user permissions Remote management Remote activation of a connection using SMS Restricted dialing 6 7 1 Accessing the administration settings Logging on The Administration settings require an Administration user name and password You must also login as an administrator in the sections for SETTINGS LAN Network Devices Network classification Network user groups and PPPoE To log on as admi
108. NETWORK CLASSIFICATION TABLE DASHBOARD MAC address IP address LAN port Network user group CONNECT 00 19 D2 38 90 35 z Group 9 Edit Delete PHONE BOOK e s aa Default group MESSAGES Add CALLS Changes to this page only take effect after reboot SETTINGS LAN Port forwarding Network devices Network classification Figure 6 32 Web interface Settings LAN Network classification table 3 Click Edit next to the entry you want to edit or click Add at the bottom of the list ENTER ALUES FOR NEW ENTRY Enter values below or select a device from the list of known network devices to use that as a template If a field is left empty it will be considered a wild card MAC address IP address TH C CJ LAN port E Network user group Remote equiprnent Disabled z Apply Cancel NETWORK DEVICES IP address MAC address Device Name 192 168 0 2 00 11 CF 01 84 7B Thrane IP Handset Add 192 168 0 4 00 08 74 0F 7F DA PC1455 Add 192 168 0 13 00 1F 3B 8C 47 9B pc1527 Add Figure 6 33 Web interface Settings LAN Network classification table Edit or Add 4 Click Add next to a network device you want to use or type in the MAC address manually at the top of the page DZ If you leave a field empty it is the same as a wild card and it will be shown as an Asterisk in the Network classification table Unless you are using a Static IP address the IP address field should always be left empty 5 Select the LAN port and
109. Network user group you want to associate with the device Network user groups are created and defined in the Network user group page See Setting up the network user groups on page 6 48 6 Click Apply Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 6 55 Managing LAN WLAN network users Removing an entry in the network classification table In the network classification table click Delete next to the entry you want to delete Changing the priority in the network classification table Connections are evaluated in the order they are listed The first entry and only the first entry that matches the properties of the connected device is applied meaning that the connection will be using the settings of the network user group assigned to that entry To change the priority of an entry click the up or down arrow next to the entry NETWORK CLASSIFICATION TABLE MAC address IP address LAN port Network user group 00 1F 3B 8C 47 9B 192 168 0 22 WLAN Passenger z gt Maintenance Service d 3 Streaming 64 i 12 a Default group Add Changes to this page only take effect after reboot Figure 6 34 Web interface Settings LAN Network classification table change priority The Default network user group is always last so it is only used if none of the other entries match the properties of the connected device Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 98 127093 E Managing LAN WLAN network users 6 6 5 Definitions for network terms
110. O YS UOISU WIP oui Of SIJIM INOJ y Wis puo dop A112910Jd PUD SPOJ J9 JJO N9 p KOM Y JO ino j BAOW Spyarys qo5 y pno quo e MME Xr LOVLNOD OELRS z 2001 NOLLVINSNI EI I O21 XF 201 LAD Og Xy Pl Plys qo5 ayy YIU OF Lou U93041 JA 4SnW ddd V asnbly aas s qo5 Jo AN pus art uongo G20 00G 42420f jqo gt dists Z 1 eunBig ul payosgsn SD 9 9 Qo5 Dy JAD nJJ9j dwisy puo A99 S Huiziysqoys aprys I L 20017 318 Z x 318V2 30 8 ONG Layover dius JA331S ONIZITIGVLS 20 F 00S 3108833 NIYI AAO a 18ND I ME TTHITTNIZH s inued ITT Cannon 244 0011 001 Conti l 1a 5 spec in size Quadrax Pi Contact Assembly Figure 3 13 3 15 ings t draw ipmen Equ Chapter 3 98 127093 E TT 5040A 004 WLAN antenna 311 TT 5040A 004 WLAN antenna Original Manufacturer P N VT Miltope 901167 2 TNC PLUG a N t 50 B CR 2X 4241 3 7 5 25 191 6 2x 24 6 2X 9 166 4 a A8 12 4X R 20 18 5 106 mm Figure 3 14 Outline drawing TT 5040A 004 WLAN antenna 3 16 Chapter 3 Equipment drawings 98 127093 E Chapter 4 Connectors and pin out 4 1 TT 5040A SBU The TT 5040A SBU provides interfaces for configuration Aircraft and satcom interconnections and for the CM 4 1 1 Connectors on SBU The
111. OARD CONNECT Traffic class Background PHONE BOOK Maximum bit rate Ul kbps 0 MESSAGES Maximum bit rate DI kbps 0 CALLS Guaranteed bit rate Ul kbps 0 geur Guaranteed bit rate DI kbps 0 ADMINISTRATION Delivery order Subscribed Call charges Maximum SDU size Byte 0 Log handling Data limits SDU error ratio Subscribed Profiles Residual bit error ratio Subscribed Traffic flow filters Delivery of erroneous SDUs Subscribed SIM PIN Transfer delay ms 0 Eil ails Traffic handling priority Subscribed User permissions oul Remote management Figure 6 48 Web interface Administration Profiles Example Standard You typically do not need to define new profiles the predefined profiles cover the most common applications You can customize a user profile and set up several user defined profiles Defining new profiles When you define your profiles you can select Subscribed for many of the settings If you select Subscribed the value given in your Airtime subscription is automatically used LS For AVIATOR 200 300 350 the maximum Streaming bit rate is 128 kbps AVIATOR 350 with an HGA can also handle the X Stream service 98 127093 E Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 6 73 Administration To define a new profile do as follows 1 From the left navigation pane select ADMINISTRATION gt Profiles SIGNAL TTT Standard DASHBOARD CONNECT Streaming 8 PHONE BOOK Streaming 16 MESSAGES Streaming 32 E Streaming 64 SET
112. RNING 2700 Errorlog full 2700 A great deal of system errors has been recorded in the systems error log and has to be reported The unit might still be operational but a system diagnostic report has to be initiated and reported for inspection EV_ALARM_INVALID_NETWORK WARNING 2900 Network failed authentication 02900 to 02909 The AVIATOR system does not accept the network as a valid BGAN network Restart the AVIATOR system If the problem persists contact your Thrane amp Thrane partner EV_ALARM_ANTENNA CABLE CALIBRATION ERROR 3100 Antenna cable loss calibration failed 3100 The TX cable calibration between the SBU TT 5040A and HLD TT 5016A has failed Check that the cable between SBU and HLD cable W1 is correctly mounted and fulfills the requirements listed in this document Check all connectors between SBU and HLD EV_ALARM_SLIC_TT3720_CALIBRATION ERROR 3500 2 wire calibration failure 03500 to 03509 2 wire calibration failed on the Phone Fax interface because of Common mode balance error The phone is off hook Wires are shorted to each other or shorted to ground Check the wires to your phone or fax Put the phone on hook Check the wires Appendix C System messages Ch Types of messages C 6 Tagname Severity Event ID Description ID Explanation Remedy Tagname Severity Event ID Description ID Explanation Remedy Tagname Severity Event ID Description ID Explanation
113. Remedy Tagname Severity Event ID Description ID Explanation Remedy Tagname Severity Event ID Description ID Explanation Remedy Tagname Severity Event ID Description ID Explanation Remedy EV_ALARM_SLIC_TT3720_OPERATION ERROR 3600 2 wire operational failure 03600 to 03609 The Phone Fax interface fails to operate for one of the following reasons Ground shorted Power overload Temperature overload Check the wires Wait until the event is cleared then try again Wait until the event is cleared then try again EV_ALARM_DSP_ERROR ERROR 3900 Air link error 3900 Problems related to TX and Rx DSPs Example PLL out of lock Contact your Thrane amp Thrane partner EV_BDU_PSM_POWER_HOLDUP_WARNING WARNING 801F Power Hold up the input voltage has dropped 801F A power glitch was detected the length of the glitch exceeds what the power supply can absorb This event could have negative influence on ongoing connections Check external power connection EV_BDU_AERO_FLEX_ERROR ERROR 8041 Flex Key is missing or corrupt 8041 The license system has detected a corrupt or missing Flex Key Re install your Flex key Please find your Flex key on the Certificate of Conformity CoC of the TT 5040A 001 Configuration Module EV_BDU_AERO_CM_PRESENCE ERROR 8042 Can not read from Configuration Module 8042 This error occurs when the TT 5040A 001 Configuration Module has not been inserted into t
114. S IZIS S 000 4221 1E0 N d SLJVLNOJ 1420S HIY JIEVAOWIY Hen 9 IZIS 9 00 Z70L 1E0 N d SLIVINOD 13330S AND SIGVAOWSY He OHOZ IZIS 0S IVD3dS EE 8 183SN US YIEE V Luet S13V1N03 SNIMOTIOS ZYV ON ue NI OZONNI 00S 22E29 VNZXdO ON Lued NONNVD LLI 2Xd0 YOLISNNOD OTM WNO wor 3NDJV L Vd 9NLLJ NNOJ 7368 9 LYISNI YIEE V 1H3SN 10S ZZEL9 YNZXdO ON Led NONNYD LLI Ei u0123NN03 3T2V1d3338 WNO v707 INV L t XVI 796 0 V070S07 N d ANVYHL 8 ANVYHL G3GN1INI SINGOW NOILVYNDISNOI S87 ZZO S81 Z9 DA VO DA 8 Z 1H9I3M LINN 1 EI S3H3NI SYV S133JV u8 NI SNOISNSWIC SYSLAWITIW NI 290 SNOISNAWIC DNIMVYG NO GSLON SV SNITLNO NOILIS ONd SSVI ue LINN 3H1 S0339Xx3 SYVMOYVH SINGOW NOILVYNDISNOD SHL ON v ug GSQNSWWOISY SOISLNO GaIVId IXY SSTOHYIY ONIIO0 WOA 1d33X3 Ylv LYOHS V707 ININV HLIM SINVOXOIIV NI SI NOILVTIVLSNI V070S 11 JHL AWMASY ONIZINV10d 20 LYWd ONOS SALVIIGNI NOILYOd 00 LINN JO 30IS WOLLOS ONY dOL NO G33V1d 3YY SS10H Hi ONIIO0 GSONSWWOISY LON SI OM 1003 33803 S310H IV SNI1003 313018 LON OQ IWY NO 1N Vd ON 1V03d01 TOSVYSNI 32V18 YAWIYd 3831S3AX0d3 LNIWd HEIN LINN WNININNTY TWINSLVW LINN nono ALIAWED 40 HIN SLVWIXONddY SSLONSO eames SILON 0000000000000000 0000000 0 0 O OO O OO OO Ree Ce oooooooooooooooooo oo op o oo o2o2o2o2o0o9o9ooo0o2o2o2o0o0o o o o o q0o ee S 0 Z M XVW 200 8Z1 XVW 400 9ZL H
115. TINGS Streaming 128 ADMINISTRATION BGAN X Stream Call charges Stream Log handling Data limits User defined 2 Profiles User defined 3 Traffic flow filters View details View details View details View details View details View details View details di Im EX di im La di im EN Figure 6 49 Web interface Administration Profiles select profile Example AVIATOR 350 2 Click Edit for the profile you want to define 3 Fillin the top field with the name for your profile 4 In the Traffic class row of your new profile select a class from the drop down list For best performance choose the right traffic class for your application In general Standard IP Background is best suited for TCP IP applications e g web browsing e mail file transfer VPN Streaming IP is best suited for UDP traffic e g live video or audio You may select one of the following Conversational is real time two way conversation It is primarily used for voice over IP and video conferences Streaming is real time one way communication It is primarily used for video and audio Interactive is two way communication not real time It is used for communication that is not very delay sensitive such as web browsing data base retrieval and server access Examples of machines interaction with remote equipment are polling for measurement records and automatic data base enquiries tele machines
116. Tx e output NT TP26 ISDN 1 Rx f input NT TP15 ISDN 2 Tx c output TE Do not connect TP16 ISDN 2 Rx d input TE Do not connect TP17 ISDN 2 Rx e input TE Do not connect TP18 ISDN 2 Tx f output TE Do not connect Table 5 18 SBU pins for ISDN 98 127093 E Chapter 5 Installation 5 31 Electrical installation and wiring Description of SBU ISDN interface The SBU has one ISDN interface The ISDN of the SBU uses the SwiftBroadband service The Euro ISDN S bus interface is configured as the network side of the NTI interface i e Rx is an input and Tx is an output The ISDN interface on the SBU can address up to 8 ISDN devices The ISDN interface supports 56 64kbps data rate and G4 Fax on the SwiftBroadband connection You can also use the SBU ISDN interface to make an AMBE2 or 3 1 kHz audio call OAA The SBU does not provide DC power on the ISDN interface of the SBU All ISDN devices connected to the SBU must be powered externally To be compliant with IS08877 2 and the ISDN connector specification defined by ITU 1 420 6 an RJ45 Female Connector must be connected to the four wire ISDN lines from the SBU The SBU includes an internal 100 Q termination resistor to support cable lengths up to 100 meters 109 yards Make sure the other end of the cable is terminated properly RJ45 female not connected not connected lt ISDN Roe Input o 12345678 ISDN Tx Output d ISDN Tx Output
117. U Pins for Chime Lamps Inhibit input Pins used for the Chime Lamps Inhibit input SBU pin Name description Specification of discrete type TP13 Chime Lamps Inhibit Discrete input default active low Table 5 21 SBU pin for Chime Lamps Inhibit input Description of the Chime Lamps Inhibit interfaces The SBU has one discrete input for the Chime Lamps Inhibit function This input is used to inhibit Satcom activation of the chime and call lights during take off and landing The Inhibit function is activated by connecting this input to ground Polarity of the discrete annunciators and Chime Lamps Inhibit input In the web interface you can change the polarity of the discrete annunciators and the Chime Lamps Inhibit input from Active low default to Active high For instructions how to do this see Configuring the discrete I O interfaces on page 6 31 Pins for non configurable discrete inputs on the SBU The SBU has two non configurable discrete inputs one for SBU nON one for WLAN Enable The below table shows the pin out for the discrete inputs SBU pin Name description TP3 SBU nON input TP8 SBU Enable input future use TP5 WLAN Enable input Table 5 22 SBU pins for discrete inputs SBU nON TP3 The SBU nON input is used to power the SBU on and off Connect this input to ground to turn on the SBU The electrical specification is defined in Description of the discrete types below SBU Enable TP8 T
118. U from one of the trusted IP addresses using the incoming port defined in the Incoming port field For a detailed description how to access the SBU from a remote location see the AVIATOR 200 300 350 user manual Remote activation of a connection using SMS If you want to remotely control the SBU it must have activated a connection You can do this by sending an SMS to the SBU The SBU must be powered up and logged on to the satellite services to receive the SMS and then start the connection For a detailed description how to activate a connection using SMS see the AVIATOR 200 300 350 user manual gt The SBU must be logged on to the satellite services to receive and accept an activation SMS If the SMS is considered too old or sent before the SBU has been switched on and has logged on the SMS will be ignored Restricted dialing In order to manage the use of the AVIATOR 200 300 350 system efficiently you can set up the SBU to limit all calls to allowed numbers or numbers in the phone book This feature can be enabled for each connected handset separately For a detailed description how to restrict dialing see the AVIATOR 200 300 350 user manual Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 6 83 Site map 6 8 6 84 Site map The web interface offers a site map page Use this page to get an overview over the menus submenus and topics The following drawing shows the site map Mobile numbers DASHBOARD
119. WARNING Keep a safety distance of minimum 30 cm 1 ft for LGA and A IGA and 90 cm 3 ft for HGA to the antenna when the system is transmitting unless the antenna manual or the specific system configuration presents different requirements This safety distance ensures that a maximum radiation power density of maximum 10 W m is not exceeded Recommended by the American National Standards Institute ANSI LEEE C95 1 1992 gt The antenna installation must be in accordance with the aircraft manufacturers requirements and or FAA AC 43 13 1B 2A and approved by the appropriate Civil Aviation Authorities Magnetic interference considerations only for TT 5006A IGA You may use the NRS antenna steering system if the TT 5006A IGA is mounted on the aircraft in an area free of magnetic interference Note 2 The following paragraphs are only applicable if you use NRS functionality The TT 5006A IGA contains sensitive magnetometers These can be adversely influenced by ferrous materials magnets or large currents in cables close to the antenna Therefore you must obey the following mounting considerations Do not mount speakers or other equipment containing a magnet within 48 cm 18 inches of this satcom antenna If this cannot be avoided install shielded speakers Avoid mounting close to strong magnetic fields from the aircraft s power wiring DC cables Use non magnetic screws and tools for mounting 5 6 Chapter 5 Ins
120. WLAN country codes SIP setup for Wifi enabled phones and a list of applicable standards 98 127093 E Ei Related documentation 1 3 Related documentation The following documentation is related to this manual T amp T part number Description 98 127719 AVIATOR 200 300 350 User Manual 98 127720 AVIATOR 200 300 350 Quick Guide 98 128279 Intermediate Gain Antenna Installation Manual Table 1 1 List of Related Documentation 1 4 Precautions Warnings Cautions and Notes Text marked with Warning Caution Note or Important show the following type of data e Warning A Warning is an operation or maintenance procedure that if not obeyed can cause injury or death or jeopardize the flight safety on the aircraft Caution A Caution is an operation or maintenance procedure that if not obeyed can cause damage to the equipment Note A Note gives information to help the reader Important A text marked Important gives information that is important to the user e g to make the system work properly This text does not concern damage on equipment flight safety nor personal safety General precautions All personnel who operate equipment or do maintenance as specified in this manual must know and follow the safety precautions The warnings and cautions that follow apply to all parts of this manual WARNING Before using any material refer to the manufacturers A material safety data sh
121. ZC Equipment intended for operation in systems where interference free operation is required Radio Frequency Susceptibility 20 0 RR High Intensity Radiated Field HIRF associated with normal environment Emission of Radio Frequency 21 0 M Installation in areas with significant Energy electromagnetic apertures Lightning Induced Transient 22 0 A3 33 Equipment and wiring in moderately Susceptibility exposed environment in an all metal airframe Lightning Direct Effects 23 0 X No test required Icing 24 0 X No test required Electrostatic Discharge ESD 25 0 A Operation installation and repair in an aerospace environment Fire Flammability 26 0 X Equipment is tested according to FAR 25 Airworthiness Standards Transport Category Airplanes Paragraph 25 853 a and Appendix F Part I a 1 ii and Paragraph 25 869 a 4 and Appendix F Part I a 3 Table B 2 Environmental Qualification Form for HLD Continued 98 127093 E Appendix B DO 160 specifications B 5 AVIATOR 200 300 350 system components B 2 4 Tx Coupler and Rx Power Splitter T amp T Part Numbers 405038A 002 and 405038A 003 DO 160D string A1 F1 X CBB SCL EXXXXXZXXXZ RR M A3E3 XXA RTCA DO 160D Change Numbers Change Date of Issue Title Section Number Change No 1 Dec 14 2000 Vibration 8 0 Radio Frequency Susceptibility 20 0 Change No 2 Junel2 2001 Power Input 16 0 Audio Frequency Conducted Susceptibility Power Input
122. a External Private Assigned or IP addresses static for A B and C IP address Y Y A Traffic A Es lt Traffic B gt Bo aff Traffic A B and c memet 3 Traffic C gt B M Figure 6 35 NAT Network Address Translation If more than one user is connected you must select a network user group with Router mode to use the NAT functionality of the SBU 98 127093 E Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 6 57 Managing LAN WLAN network users 6 6 6 Starting and stopping any data session The administrator can start and stop data sessions for all network user groups connected to the SBU To start or stop a data session do as follows 1 Select CONNECT If prompted enter the administrator user name and password The default user name is admin and the default password is 1234 Under ONGOING DATA SESSIONS at the top you can see which data sessions are currently active SIGNAL Ty DASHBOARD ONGOING DATA SESSIONS CONNECT Standard data 161 30 180 47 Default group PHONE BOOK PROFILES ON LAN GROUP 0 MESSAGES Start Streaming 128 CALLS PROFILES ON LAN DEFAULT GROUP SETTINGS Stop Standard ADMINISTRATION _Refresh HELPDESK SITE MAP Figure 6 36 Web interface Connect to start and stop data sessions In the example above you can manually start the streaming 128 connection of GROUP 0 and stop the standard connection of the DEFAULT GROUP 2 Click on the session you want to sta
123. abel 422 0 0 00 00 00 gnss UTC Time 260 No Label 422 0 0 00 00 00 UTC Date 273 Normal 353 69 58 Self Test GNSS Sensor Status 274 Normal 353 69 58 Self Test GPIRS Status 310 Normal 353 69 58 55 794067 N Latitude 311 Normal 353 69 58 12 523041 E Longitude 312 Normal 353 69 58 0 000000 Knots Ground Speed 313 Normal 353 69 58 0 000000 Deg Track Angle True 314 Normal 353 69 58 0 000000 E True Heading 324 Normal 353 69 58 0 010986 Deg Pitch Angle 325 Normal 353 69 59 0 120850 Deg Roll Angle 336 Normal 353 69 59 0 015625 Deg Sec Inertial Pitch Rate 337 Normal 353 69 59 0 000000 Deg Sec Inertial Roll Rate 361 Normal 353 69 59 167 250000 Feet Altitude Inertial 377 Plus 353 69 59 0x004 IRS 704 Equipment Identification Details 273 Satellites Tracked 0 Visible 0 273 IRS FMS Present Source Primary 273 DADC FMS Present Source Primary 274 Satellites Tracked 0 274 Primary GPSSU Validity Valid 274 Secondary GPSSU Validity Valid 274 GPSSU Source Primary 377 Source Identifier Primary Antenna Modem Label Status Error Active Age Value Name 144 No Label 0 0 0 0 000000 dB Tx Gain Antenna Status 152 No Label 0 0 0 Azimu 0 Eleva 0 Open Loop Steering 350 No Labe 0 0 D Bit 25 11 0x0 Antenna Maintenance Details 144 OperationalStatus OmnidirectionalMode SDI ALL_CALL 144 EqId 0 TrackingMode Open HGA IGA LNA Status Disabled AntennaType HGA AntennaLocation PORT TOP 350 SDI ALL CODE Errors Warnings None COUNTERS ARINC 429 allocation wordsA
124. ades The interface is a 10 100BaseT Ethernet and can be accessed from a PC with Ethernet interface The PC is connected using a standard straight network cable The maintenance interface has the following characteristics 100 Base T 10 Base T Ethernet IEEE 802 3 To access the configuration settings use a PC with a browser and open the built in web interface of the SBU For further information see Configuration tasks on page 6 1 Pins for Automatic Test Equipment ATE The SBU has two pins for Automatic Test Equipment ATE ATE 1 TP9 and ATE 2 TP10 The ATE pins are for factory use only IT Do not connect anything to the ATE pins not even ground Connecting the ATE pins can cause unintended function of the system Chapter 5 Installation 98 127093 E Recommended cables 5 4 Recommended cables 5 4 1 Introduction This section lists recommended cables and allowed cable lengths for the cables in the AVIATOR 200 300 350 system For specific requirements to the cables see the applicable section in 5 3 Electrical installation and wiring 5 4 2 Power cables allowed cable lengths Allowed cable lengths SBU The following table shows the allowed SBU cable lengths for selected AWG types If other AWG types are used make sure the contact type supports the AWG type DZ is generally recommended to keep cable lengths as short as possible specially on cables for Chassis GND ee Contact i Max length at
125. ait until the Pass Fail LED is green h Verify that the software update has been completed successfully You find the software version number in the DASHBOARD window of the web interface Software identification procedure On the PartNumber SerialNumber identification label on the SBU make a cross mark in the Software Ver field number according to the new software version TT 5040A AERO SB LITE SBU Part number 405040A Rev X xx Production code Weight Serial number Software Ver 00 for fee fo os osf os for f os fos fao fia fre fs DAD Glo Je fro zo Jas faa f 2s an fas 2 ae J 28 20 J 20 DO 160E Category A1 F1 X CAB SB2MJEXXXXXZ AB A RB ZC RRIM A3J33 XXAC Designed and manufactured by Thrane amp Thrane A S Denmark Figure 7 4 Software identification on the SBU label 98 127093 E Chapter 7 Maintenance and troubleshooting 1T Troubleshooting 7 4 Troubleshooting 7 4 1 Status signalling Built In Test Equipment The SBU provides a Built In Test Equipment BITE function in order to make fault diagnostics easy during service and installation The BITE test is performed during Power On Self Test POST which is automatically performed each time the system is powered on Person Activated Self Test PAST which is initiated by pressing the Push To Test button on the SBU front panel Also during operation a Continuous Monitoring BITE function is performed Details on err
126. ality score 9 good 9 lt 10 Optimum 8 acceptable 8 lt 20 Good 7 marginal 7 lt 30 Marginal 6 1 unacceptable 6 lt 40 Recalibrate 0 complete calibration failure 5 lt 50 Recalibrate 4 lt 60 Recalibrate 3 lt 70 Recalibrate 2 lt 80 Recalibrate 1 lt 90 Recalibrate 0 gt 90 Recalibrate Table 6 4 Evaluation of the magnetometer calibration score M With a Hard Iron interference calibration quality score of 6 or less the 98 127093 E Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system system must be recalibrated Confirm that non magnetic screwdrivers and non magnetic screws were used for the antenna installation Also ensure that any nearby speakers in the cabin have been properly shielded or that nearby metallic objects are not interrupting the calibration Setting up the interfaces Error messages during magnetometer calibration Error messages at failing START procedure How to proceed Failure due to missing GPS satellite Wait some time to get a GPS fix check that fix there is free line of sight to GPS satellites i e the plane must be outside the hangar Check on the page DASHBOARD whether the field GPS position shows a valid value Could not obtain the matrix of Restart the system If the error persists Earth s magnetic field contact your Thrane amp Thrane partner s support hotline or Thrane amp Thrane e support Failure due to memory exhaustion Restart the system I
127. all set up Note that if you selected Subscribed above this setting will not be used 6 Click Apply 6 30 Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 98 127093 E Setting up the interfaces Local exchange If you want to call a specific phone connected to the terminal use the local exchange function With this function enabled when you dial the mobile number of the terminal a recorded message instructs you to dial the number for the local phone you want to call Your call is then transferred to the requested phone and only the requested phone rings If the local exchange is not used incoming calls will per default cause all connected phones to ring For a detailed description how to set up the local exchange function of the SBU from a remote location see the AVIATOR 200 300 350 user manual 6 5 9 Configuring the discrete UO interfaces Overview The SBU has 4 annunciators 1 chime lamp inhibit and 5 non configurable discrete inputs The non configurable discrete inputs are SBU nOn remote on off SBU Enable WLAN Enable and two for Automatic Test Equipment ATE The ATE inputs are only for factory use do not connect them Each I O pin that can be configured is displayed in the web interface For more information on the pins TP Top Plug and BP Bottom Plug see Pin out for SBU rear receptacle top plug on page 4 7 and Pin out for SBU rear receptacle bottom plug on page 4 8 The functions of the I O pins are as follows
128. antenna EV_TT5006A_FLOATING POINT FAILURE ERROR 940A TT 5006A Floating Point Failure 940A The software in the TT 5006A antenna has detected a floating point error and the antenna is not working Try to reset the system and antenna If the failure persists then replace the antenna EV_TT5006A_FLASH_CHECKSUM_FAILURE ERROR 940B TT 5006A Flash Checksum Failure 940B The software in the TT 5006A antenna has detected a problem with the flash checksum and the antenna is not working Try to reset the system and antenna If the failure persists then replace the antenna EV_TT5006A_EEPROM_CHECKSUM_FAILURE ERROR 940C TT 5006A EEPROM Checksum Failure 940C The software in the TT 5006A antenna has detected a problem with the EEPROM The antenna is not working Try to reset the system and antenna If the failure persists then replace the antenna Appendix C System messages 98 127093 E Appendix D WLAN country codes D 1 Restrictions in WLAN use Not all countries allow full use of all channels Also some countries do not allow operation according to the 802 1lg standard Therefore the WLAN interface must be set up to the right country code By default the SBU is set up to the US country code that allows the WLAN interface to operate according to the 802 11b and 802 1lg standards on the channels 1 to 11 If the equipment is used in the countries listed in Table D 1 on page D 2 the default country code US can
129. at the SIM card in the Configuration module of the SBU is not blocked 7 14 Chapter 7 Maintenance and troubleshooting 98 127093 E 1 5 7 5 1 Returning units for repair Returning units for repair Return Material Authorization RMA To return equipment to Thrane amp Thrane for repair this RMA procedure must be followed Failure to comply with this procedure may cause shipping delays and additional charges All paperwork regarding repair returns must be made via a Thrane amp Thrane Partner and must be registered in the Thrane amp Thrane eReport on line portal in accordance with the Partner manual instructions Shipment can be made directly between Thrane amp Thrane and any address specified in the eReport RMA documents Repairs warranty as well as non warranty will be handled in accordance with the Thrane amp Thrane repair policies and procedures as outlined on the Thrane amp Thrane Extranet http extranet thrane com and in the Partner manual Repackaging requirements 98 127093 E The shipping carton has been carefully designed to protect the AVIATOR 200 300 350 and its accessories during shipment This carton and its associated packing material should be used when repacking for shipment Attach a tag indicating the type of service required return address model number and full serial number Mark the carton FRAGILE to ensure careful handling If the original shipping carton is not available the following
130. ax 3 dB 98 127093 E Chapter 5 Installation 5 19 Electrical installation and wiring RF cable requirements for AVIATOR 300 Min cable Loss Max cable Loss Cable loop DC and AVIATOR 350 1 6 GHz 1 6 GHz resistance WI SBU Tx to HLD Tx 0 dB 18 dB lt 0 60 W2 HLD Rx to SBU Rx 0 dB 20 dB n a W3 HLD to antenna 0 dB 0 7 dB n a W4 SBU to antenna 0 dB 17 dB lt 1 5 Q Table 5 7 RF cable requirements for satcom antenna systems AVIATOR 300 350 a Additional requirements Antenna cable modem attenuation at 54 MHz max 4 dB at 36 MHz max 3 dB 5 3 4 Wiring ARINC 429 interfaces LS The source for navigational data over ARINC 429 can be either an IRS AHRS NPI GNSS or another navigational input compatible with the requirements in this section Wiring an ARINC 429 source system The SBU has two ARINC 429 input interfaces for two navigational inputs For instructions how to install and setup the IRS AHRS NPI or GNSS system see the respective installation manual The following drawing shows the wiring of a navigational input Requirements to the cables are stated in the section Cable requirements ARINC 429 on page 5 23 Primary a HS LS ARINC 429 RX ARINC 429 2 TT 5040A SBU HS LS ARINC 429 RX Secondary Le ARINC 429 Figure 5 11 Wiring ARINC 429 navigational input 5 20 Chapter 5 Installation 98 127093 E Electrical installation and wiring Pins for input from ARINC 429 sources Th
131. ay 2009 UFO The following chapters have been added 6 7 7 The following chapters have been edited 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 5 2 2 5 2 4 5 3 3 5 3 4 5 3 6 5 3 7 5 3 10 5 4 3 5 4 5 5 4 7 6 2 2 6 5 6 6 1 6 6 3 6 6 5 6 6 8 6 6 13 6 7 7 6 8 7 7 4 2 7 5 4 7 7 The following appendices have been added E F The following tables have been added 5 12 6 3 6 4 The following tables have been edited 2 1 2 3 2 5 4 3 5 21 5 22 5 28 B 1 B 2 B 3 The following figures have been added 2 3 2 4 3 7 5 6 5 9 7 5 The following figures have been edited 3 10 3 11 5 16 6 2 6 52 iv 98 127093 E AVIATOR 200 added The AVIATOR 300 and AVIATOR 350 replace the earlier Thrane amp Thrane Aero SB Lite system The following chapters have been added 5 3 5 6 5 10 6 5 15 6 6 8 6 7 5 6 7 10 6 7 11 6 7 12 A 2 5 B 2 4 Appendix C Appendix G The following chapters have been edited 2 1 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 3 4 1 3 4 4 1 5 2 4 5 3 2 5 3 4 5 3 7 5 3 11 5 4 4 5 5 6 2 2 6 3 4 6 4 6 6 1 6 6 4 6 5 8 6 5 12 6 5 12 6 5 13 6 5 14 6 6 6 6 6 7 6 7 2 6 10 7 2 2 7 2 3 7 4 reorganized A 1 1 removed EL The following tables have been added 5 7 The following tables have been edited 2 3 5 6 5 28 A 1 F 1 F 2 The following figures have been added 3 3 3 5 3 10 3 11 3 13 3 14 5 4 The following figures have been edited 4 3 5 1 6 2 6 4 6 23 6 30 6 33
132. be used In other countries the country code other countries must be used allowing the interface to operate only according to the 802 11b standard on channels 4 9 To set up the country code use the WLAN page of the built in web interface in the SBU For further information see WLAN interface on page 6 18 98 127093 E D 1 Countries where the US country code applies D 2 The below table shows the countries in which country code US applies Antigua and Barbuda Estonia Latvia Singapore Aruba El Salvador Kuwait Saudi Arabia Australia EU Countries Latin America Serbia and Montenegro Austria Finland Liechtenstein Slovenia Bahamas France Luxembourg South Africa Barbados Germany Malaysia South Korea Belgium Greece Malta Spain Bermuda Guam Mexico Sweden Bulgaria Guatemala Morocco Switzerland Canada Haiti Netherlands Taiwan Cayman Islands Honduras Netherlands Antilles Thailand China Hong Kong New Zealand Turkey Colombia Hungary Norway UK Costa Rica Iceland Oman Ukraine Cyprus Indonesia Peru United Arab Emirates Czech Republic Ireland Poland US Denmark Israel Portugal Venezuela Dominican Republic Italy Puerto Rico Virgin Islands British Ecuador Japan Romania Virgin Islands US Egypt Jordan Russia XA Table D 1 Countries that accept the country code US for WLAN indoor operation a The two letter code XA is available
133. ble prior to flight and make a log book entry that the unit was removed For information on how to return a unit for repair see Returning units for repair on page 7 15 Once repaired reinstall the unit in the aircraft in accordance with the instructions in this Installation and Maintenance Manual 7 2 Chapter 7 Maintenance and troubleshooting 98 127093 E 7 2 7 2 1 7 2 2 7 2 3 Getting support Helpdesk Getting support Helpdesk If this manual does not provide the remedies to solve your problem you may want to contact your Airtime Provider or your local distributor Airtime support If you need assistance from your Airtime Provider please call the help desk If you have typed in the help desk number in the web interface you can see it under HELP DESK Otherwise check your Airtime subscription for a contact number System support If you need assistance with problems caused by the SBU or antenna please call a distributor in your area A list of certified partners and distributors is available on Thrane amp Thrane s web site www thrane com Select SERVICE then AERONAUTICAL Help desk and diagnostic report Accessing the Help desk 98 127093 E If you need help with airtime related issues for the SwiftBroadband subscription you may call the Help desk By default the Help desk is the phone number for your Airtime Provider To access the Help desk select HELP DESK from the left navigation pane SIGNAL
134. cables The cable types shall meet the following standards e M27500 for shielded wire M22759 for single wire Chapter 5 Installation 98 127093 E Recommended cables 5 4 4 Recommended RF cables The following cable types are recommended for the RF cables The maximum cable lengths are included in the table LS Equivalent cable types which meet the requirements may also be used CABLE TYPE SPECIFICATIONS bung 7 rd wm cn 1 6 GHz ECS 3C142B 4 95 0 19 25 4 1 0 18 1 620021 PIC 22089 11 0 0 43 63 5 2 5 4 8 n a PIC 33141 6 9 0 27 35 6 1 4 8 6 n a ECS 310801 11 48 0 452 57 4 2 26 4 6 n a ECS 311201 8 05 0 317 40 6 1 6 6 7 n a ECS 311501 5 82 0 229 30 5 1 2 9 1 P922 EMTEQ TFLX165 100 4 19 0 17 21 6 0 85 16 8 A45165 1 EMTEQ PFLX195 500 5 08 0 2 12 7 0 5 14 0 A45195 1 EMTEQ TFLX295 100 7 95 0 31 40 6 1 6 7 9 n a EMTEQ TFLX480 100 12 2 0 48 57 2 2 25 4 5 n a Table 5 27 List of Recommended RF Cables Contact your cable supplier for other cable types Maximum cable lengths for WLAN cables 98 127093 E Cable from SBU to WLAN antenna W5 and W6 GE Cable diameter Attenuation Maximum cable Size 5 contact mm dB 100 ft length part number RF specification 2 4 GHz 5 dB PIC S22089 11 0 mm 6 7 dB 75 ft 23 m n a PIC 33141 6 9 mm 11 0 dB 46 ft 14 m n a ECS 3C142B 4 95 22 2 22 ft 6 m 620021 ECS 310801 11 5 mm 6 5 dB 75 ft 23 m n a ECS 311201 8 1 mm 8 9 dB
135. connectors and a Ground stud on the HLD X1 Antenna connector for L Band Rx Tx interface to the satcom antenna TNC female X2 Tx connector for L Band Tx interface modem interface and 28 V DC from the SBU N female X3 Rx connector for L Band Rx interface to the SBU TNC female X4 Chassis Ground stud for connecting the HLD chassis to the aircraft chassis Chapter 4 Connectors and pin out 4 9 4 10 TT 5622B 2 Wire Cradle 4 3 TT 5622B 2 Wire Cradle The TT 5622B 2 Wire Cradle provides the analogue 2 wire standard POTS interface for Voice Fax Modem secure voice and serves as a holder for the 2 Wire Handset 4 3 1 Connectors on 2 Wire Cradle There are three connectors on the 2 Wire Cradle one at the side and two at the end 2 Wire Handset connection Figure 4 5 2 Wire Cradle connectors end view of cradle 2 Wire Voice Fax Modem secure voice connection Figure 4 6 TT 5622B 2 Wire Cradle connectors side view of cradle Chapter 4 Connectors and pin out 98 127093 E TT 5622B 2 Wire Cradle 4 3 2 2 Wire Cradle connector to SBU Connector drawing DB9 Male View Solder side Figure 4 7 2 Wire Cradle connector DB9M View Solder side Connector functions The 9 pin Sub D male connector on the short cable at the end of the 2 Wire Cradle connects the following signals on the SBU Analogue 2 wire standard POTS interface for Voice Fax Modem secure voice Pin out for 2 Wire Cra
136. d the current settings over the satellite connection 3 For each call type select Enabled next to the situation s in which you want to forward incoming calls 6 26 Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 98 127093 E Setting up the interfaces 4 Next to the enabled items you can type in a phone number you want to forward the call to 5 If you have selected Forward if no reply select from the drop down list the period of time the system should wait before forwarding the call 6 Click Apply Call barring Do as follows to bar incoming and or outgoing calls to and from the SBU 1 Select SETTINGS gt Common gt Call barring from the left navigation pane SIGNAL HERBHHH DASHBOARD CONNECT PHONE BOOK MESSAGES CALLS SETTINGS LAN WLAN Phone Fax ISDN Common Call forward Call barring Call waiting Line identification Closed user group IP handsets Discrete 1 0 System Type Figure 6 17 Web interface Settings Common Call barring 2 Click OK next to Read current settings A message saying Operation in progress Read current settings orl STANDARD OICE O Bar all outgoing calls O Bar outgoing international calls except to home country O Bar all incoming calls O Bar all incoming calls when roaming outside the home country 3 1 KHZ AUDIO O Bar all outgoing calls O par outgoing international calls except to home country O Bar all incoming calls O Bar all incoming calls when roaming outside the ho
137. dem Max 107 W Rear ARINC 404A Front RJ45 Female 25 C to 55 C 55 C to 85 C A 2 Table A 1 Equipment specifications for TT 5040A SBU Appendix A Equipment specifications 98 127093 E AVIATOR 200 300 350 system components Characteristics Altitude Relative humidity Environmental Categories Specification Non pressurized Cat F1 55 000 ft Pressurized Cat Al 15 000 ft Decompression Cat Al 55 000 ft Overpressure Cat A1 15 000 ft 95 non condensing at 50 C Refer to Environmental Qualification form in SwiftBroadband unit SBU on page B 2 in Appendix B Table A 1 Equipment specifications for TT 5040A SBU Continued A 2 2 TT 5040A 001 Configuration Module CM for SBU Characteristics Dimensions L x W x H Weight Mounting Supply Voltage Heat dissipation Connector Operating Temperature Storage Temperature Altitude Relative humidity Environmental Categories Specification 47 mm x 45 5 mm x 20 0 mm 1 85 x 1 79 x 0 79 0 07 kg 0 01 kg 0 15 lbs 0 02 lbs The CM is inserted in the TT 5040A SBU The CM is powered by the SBU Included in TT 5040A SBU 9 pin Sub D connector 25 C to 55 C 55 C to 85 C Non pressurized Cat F1 55 000 ft Pressurized Cat Al 15 000 ft Decompression Cat Al 55 000 ft Overpressure Cat Al 15 000 ft 95 non condensing at 50 C Refer to Environmental Qualification for
138. dle connector to SBU The 2 Wire Cradle connector to connect to the SBU has the following pin out Pin Function 1 Auxiliary Tip 2 Auxiliary Ring 3 Shield 4 Not connected 5 Not connected 6 Not connected 7 Not connected 8 Not connected 9 Not connected Table 4 4 Pin out for 9 pin Sub D male connector in TT 5622B 2 Wire Cradle The other two connectors are standard POTS RI connectors 98 127093 E Chapter 4 Connectors and pin out 4 11 Mating connectors in aircraft 4 4 Mating connectors in aircraft 4 4 1 Connection with SBU Note that the SBU tray holds the mating connector for the SBU rear connector Connector Mating connector type SBU Maintenance connector RJ45 male front panel connector SBU rear receptacle ARINC 404 shell size 2 plug with the following contact rear connector in the SBU tray arrangements Insert A Top Plug 33C4 4 16 socket contacts 25 20 socket contacts 4 5 coax sockets Insert B Bottom Plug 33C4 4 16 socket contacts 25 20 socket contacts 1 5 coax sockets 3 5 quadrax sockets part number DPX2NA 67322 500 Table 4 5 Mating connectors in aircraft for SBU Size 5 coax contacts fit for cable type RG 142 For other cable types you must order suitable contact inserts For part numbers see Table 5 27 on page 45 and Table 5 28 on page 45 4 12 Chapter 4 Connectors and pin out 98 127093 E Installation 5 1 5 1 1 98 12
139. e Recommended cables on page 5 43 Place the HLD with sufficient contact to the mounting surface for proper grounding respecting the maximum cable resistance The HLD can be mounted on a shelf or directly on the fuselage If a sufficient ground connection cannot be obtained use the Ground stud on the HLD D The HLD can heat up to 20 degrees above ambient temperature after a long period of intense use To avoid internal overheating the HLD automatically reduces activity Place the HLD with as much free space around it as possible to keep the temperature down and optimize performance Place the HLD unit close to the top mounted satcom antenna to minimize the cable length Place the HLD preferably between the fuselage ribs in the cabin ceiling In this location there may be a risk for reduced heat dissipation so make sure that the HLD can dissipate the heat to the aircraft structure Chapter 5 Installation 5 3 Mounting considerations 5 2 4 For aircrafts with very little ceiling space you may install the HLD unit in the rear avionics bay the luggage compartment or other suitable locations inside or outside of pressurized areas Satcom antenna In order to steer the satcom antenna towards the satellite the AVIATOR 200 300 350 system needs to know the position and attitude of the aircraft Several methods are available to achieve this The following table gives an overview of the supported navigational input sources for
140. e discrete inputs on the SBU on page 5 39 and WLAN pins on page 5 29 or Inthe web interface go to Settings gt WLAN and select Disable If the WLAN option is not enabled the page Settings gt WLAN will still be available and the screen will show information that the WLAN option is not enabled 6 44 Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 98 127093 E 6 5 15 98 127093 E Setting up the interfaces Tracking With tracking you can set the SBU to send reports with current position information at specified time intervals to a server address To setup tracking do as follows 1 Select SETTINGS Tracking Thrane amp Thrane SIGNAL BENNI DASHBOARD SERYER CONNECTION CONNECT Server IP address b le b b PHONE BOOK Server port 7474 MESSAGES Client port Pas CANS Encryption key oooo0o00000000000000000000000000 JETTINGS Register type IMEI number ICAO Address oo LAN Allow remote control yes no can only be changed by an administrator WLAN APN Phone Fax er Dy SIM default Common Onetwork assigned Ouser defined bgan inmarsat com POSITION REPORTS IP handsets Discrete L System Type Report type compressed RF settings Oextended External systems Gere FLEX INTERYAL REPORT Tracking Status Cenabled pisabled Upload z Report each KK hh mm ADMINISTRATION DISTANCE REPORT HELPDESK 5 Status Cenabled pisabled SITE MAP Ke meters When moved Max one report per p Bs hh mm
141. e distributor Please be advised that you will not be able to contact Thrane amp Thrane for end user support and that we always recommend that software upgrades are being carried out by official Thrane amp Thrane distribution partners Figure 7 3 Web interface Settings Upload The Current software version field shows the current software version Browse to the new software version and accept it Click the Upload button Note that the upload procedure takes a couple of minutes When done the SBU automatically restarts with the new software version If software upload fails how to recover To recover from a failed software upload turn off the SBU and turn it on again Then repeat the upload procedure as described in Updating the software on page 7 6 If software upload still fails use the IP Reset button as described in IP Reset Default button on page 7 10 to initiate a software upload from an external server 7 6 Chapter 7 Maintenance and troubleshooting 98 127093 E Software update 7 3 2 Verifying the software update Testing procedure 1 The SBU software version can be viewed in the DASHBOARD window of the web interface 2 After completing the software update procedure the SBU will perform a POST Power On Self Test 3 When the POST has finished the green Pass Fail LED on the front of the SBU must become steadily green Verify that the Pass Fail LED is not red nor flashing orange once every 2 seconds W
142. e following overview information in the following way Interface State number and name Status Source Source Activations Primary 6 RO_6_IRS_CONNECTED Lost Label Forwarding forwardingPeriods 1 Receiver E Secondary 0 RO_O_NULL Await Label Standby forwardingPeriods Receiver Antena 1 RT_1_INIT Await Label Modem 98 127093 E Appendix G Using terminal commands G 3 Commands for troubleshooting the SBU G 4 The states for receivers have the following can be used for the following purpose RO_2_LOOPBACK State name Description RO_ _NULL The receiver is not configured and therefore not started RO_1_INIT The receiver is in the progress of starting u A loopback test command has been running and a power cycle is needed RO_4_AHRS_CONNECTED The AHRS driver is running RO_6_IRS_CONNECTED The IRS driver is running The states for the antenna modem can be used for the following purpose State name Description RT_ _NULL The antenna modem is not configured and therefore not started RT_2_LOOPBACK RT_1_INIT Awaits the BSU Beam Steering Unit start sending the status word A loopback test command has been running and a power cycle is needed RT_3_AMT5 The ARINC AMT 50 HGA 6000 driver is running Status This reflects the overall status considering all mandatory labels on the interface in question Status Desc
143. e magnitude and direction of the magnetic field This information is sent to the SBU where it is compared to the expected magnetic vector at the current position Chapter 5 Installation 98 127093 E Mounting considerations received from the GPS The expected magnetic vector is obtained from a mathematical model of Earth s magnetic field and the knowledge of the current position calculated in the GPS module In this way the system can calculate the attitude of the aircraft The advantage of this system is that it is stand alone and does not require any interaction with other avionics systems The disadvantage is that it requires a fairly clean magnetic environment where the antenna is placed There may not be any magnetic items such as screws loudspeakers or DC cables near the antenna See also Magnetic interference considerations only for TT 5006A IGA on page 5 6 If possible always use IRS or AHRS IRS and AHRS give better precision Only use NRS as a last option Position and velocity information for LGA AVIATOR 200 The position and velocity information is used for spot beam selection and Doppler compensation The following navigational inputs can only be used together with the TT 3002A low gain antenna where attitude data are not required GPS only The built in GPS receiver provides all the necessary navigation data if the SBU receives an RF signal from a GPS antenna on the pin BP A4 of the SBU rear receptacle b
144. e outbound 00 11 47 PHONE BOOK Status Data active 3 1 kHz audio inbound 00 01 55 MESSAGES Satellite selection Auto 3 1 kHz audio outbound 00 00 00 CALLS Current satellite EMEA elevation andard data 11231 75 MB SETTINGS Unit serial number 72163004 reaming 8 kbps 03 10 00 ADMINISTRATION Software version 1 04 Streaming 16 kbps 02 57 34 HELPDESK IMSI number 901112115103254 Streaming 32 kbps OFS SITE MAP IMEI number 35160101 001824 0 Streaming 64 kbps 20 11 28 Streaming 128 kbps 11 52 43 BGAN X Stream 00 00 00 ONGOING DATA SESSIONS ONGOING CALLS Streaming 8 kbps 161 30 180 16 No active calls Standard data 161 30 180 6 PROFILES ON LAN GROUP O 8 16 STR Stop Streaming 8 Start Streaming 64 Figure 6 3 Sections of the web interface example for AVIATOR 350 1 The navigation pane holds the main menu Clicking an item in the menu opens a submenu in the navigation pane or a new page in the contents section 6 4 Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 98 127093 E Tool for setup and use The built in web interface 2 The signal status field shows the signal strength The signal strength can vary during operation depending on the current position relative to the Inmarsat satellite and the call or data session activity 3 The icon bar shows icons for new SMS messages and for active events when relevant For explanations of the icons see the next section Icons in the icon bar 4 The contents section shows the pa
145. e pins for navigational input are located in the bottom plug of the SBU rear receptacle SBU pin Name description BP5 Data from primary ARINC 429 navigational input A BP8 Data from primary ARINC 429 navigational input B BP7 Data from secondary ARINC 429 navigational input A BP13 Data from secondary ARINC 429 navigational input B Table 5 8 SBU pins for input from a navigational ARINC 429 source Description of the interface for navigational input When the system is configured with the web interface the Configuration Module will contain the information of e Which navigational input is selected IRS AHRS NPI or GNSS Whether primary or secondary input or both are installed M If primary and secondary ARINC 429 navigational input are both installed they must be of the same type IRS AHRS NPI or GNSS ARINC 429 Speed High or Low The primary and secondary navigational inputs can individually be set to high or low speed depending on your configuration ARINC data format for IRS The required ARINC data format for IRS is listed in the following table Label octal Name Minimum Update rate 150 UTC Time optional 1Hz 260 UTC Date optional 1 Hz 310 Latitude 1 Hz 311 Longitude 1 Hz 312 Ground speed 1 Hz 313 Track angle True 1 Hz 314 True heading 10 Hz 324 Pitch angle 10 Hz Table 5 9 ARINC data format for IRS 98 127093 E Chapter 5 Installation 5 21 Electrical installation
146. e that should have the highest priority You must select G 711 A LAW Realm When asked for Realm enter the serial number of the SBU Appendix H SIP setup for Wifi enabled phones 98 127093 E AHRS AOC APN ARINC AT ATS AWG BGAN BITE BSU CID CM dB DC DCE DHCP 98 127093 E Glossary Attitude and Heading Reference System Aeronautical Operational Control Access Point Name The Access Point Name is used by the terminal operator to establish the connection to the required destination network Aeronautical Radio Incorporated A provider of transport communications and systems engineering solutions AT commands are used for controlling modems Air Traffic Service American Wire Gauge Broadband Global Area Network simultaneous voice and broadband data Built In Test Equipment A BITE error is a hardware error detected by the automatic error detection system in the Aero SB System Beam Steering Unit Context Identifier Configuration Module decibel Direct Current Data Communication Equipment Equipment that does not generate data but only relays data generated by someone else Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol A protocol for assigning dynamic IP addresses to devices on a network With dynamic addressing a device can have a different IP address every time it connects to the network Glossary 1 Glossary DTE DTMF ECS EIRP EMC ETSI FAA FNBDT G Glonass GNSS GPS
147. eaming 128 Additionally you can define your own custom profiles or any newer ones Inmarsat defines If you have selected and started a Streaming connection as your primary profile the LAN interface will be running a Streaming connection until you stop it or disconnect the interface For further information on profiles and traffic flow filters see Using profiles on page 6 72 and Using traffic flow filters on page 6 76 Select the Secondary profile To select more than one secondary profile press and hold Ctrl or Shift while selecting LZ If you have selected both a primary and one or more secondary profiles you must define a traffic flow filter before you can establish a valid connection The Context Identifiers CIDs for the selected primary and secondary profiles are listed under Profile CIDs Click Apply Note that changes to the status and the Internet connection type of a network user group first take effect after rebooting the AVIATOR 200 300 350 SBU Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 98 127093 E Managing LAN WLAN network users 6 6 3 Managing network devices Overview A network device in this context is an Ethernet hardware device identified by its unique MAC address When a network device with dynamic IP address is connected to the SBU it is automatically listed in the Network devices list Viewing the list of network devices To view the list of network devices select SETTINGS gt LAN gt Net
148. eans no connection to the Internet is allowed Use this setting e g for IP handsets where an Internet connection is not required The external voice connection is still available this setting only affects communication over the Internet 6 Select Dynamic IP address 6 50 Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 98 127093 E Managing LAN WLAN network users This is the IP address used externally on the satellite network If you want to use a static IP address and your subscription allows it you must still leave this setting at Dynamic Then select SIM default in step 8 and type in the APN user name and password from your provider in step 9 Your SBU will then use the static IP address set up for your SIM card LS Typing in a static IP address is currently not supported by the SwiftBroadband network 7 Set IP Header compression to Enabled or Disabled For information on IP Header compression see Header compression on page 6 57 8 Select the source of the APN Access Point Name There are four options for setting the APN Unless you have special requirements it is recommended to use the SIM default or to set the common APN to SIM default and then select Common here You have the following options Common The APN is taken from the Common APN defined under SETTINGS gt Common Refer to Setting the common interface settings on page 6 24 SIM default The APN is taken from the SIM card If you want to use a static IP add
149. eets for safety information Some materials can be dangerous CAUTION The AVIATOR system contains items that are electrostatic A discharge sensitive Use approved industry precautions to keep the risk of damage to a minimum when you touch remove or insert parts or assemblies 1 2 Chapter 1 About this manual 98 127093 E Chapter 2 Introduction to the AVIATOR system 2 1 2 1 1 Important General description This Installation manual describes the administrative and technical aspects features functions and components of the AVIATOR 200 300 350 system All comments or recommendations regarding the installation acceptance or operation of the system or its accessories and components should be directed to Thrane amp Thrane The AVIATOR 300 and AVIATOR 350 replace the earlier Thrane amp Thrane Aero SB Lite system The AVIATOR 200 300 350 system The design of the system is not intended to support the requirements of safety and regularity of flight communications in particular for Air Traffic Services ATS or Aeronautical Operational Control AOC during the flight time The software used to control the unit operation complies with RTCA specification DO 178B level E application software The firmware used to control the unit operation complies with RTCA specification DO 254D level E firmware Overview of the AVIATOR 200 300 350 system 98 127093 E The AVIATOR 200 300 350 system is a compact light weigh
150. efault settings on page 7 11 For further information on the Reset button see IP Reset Default button on page 7 10 For further information on IP addresses of the SBU see Setting up the LAN IP addressing on page 6 15 You are now connected to the web interface of the SBU 98 127093 E Chapter 7 Maintenance and troubleshooting 7 5 Software update Updating the software 1 In the web interface select SETTINGS from the left navigation pane 2 Click Upload from the left navigation pane SIGNAL HNHH DASHBOARD CONNECT PHONE BOOK MESSAGES CALLS SETTINGS LAN WLAN Phone Fax ISDN Common IP handsets Discrete L System Type RF settings External systems FLEX Click Browse OF Rit Se CHECK FOR SOFTWARE UPDATES Current software version 1 04 Latest available Not checked File size UPLOAD SOFTWARE TO TERMINAL re gees Disclaimer for Downloading and Uploading software Please be informed that downloading and installing software from the Thrane amp Thrane web portal is at your own risk Thrane amp Thrane is not to be held liable for any possible damage with respect to downloading and installing software to your AVIATOR 350 If you have problems or questions with respect to downloading software or uploading your terminal please be informed that you will have to contact the Thrane amp Thrane distributor from where the terminal was purchased or contact your local Thrane amp Thran
151. egory S Curve B2 and Curve M Not hermetically sealed equipment No test required No test required Table B 1 Environmental Qualification Form for SBU B 2 Appendix B DO 160 specifications 98 127093 E AVIATOR 200 300 350 system components Conditions DO 160E Cat Comments Sand and Dust 12 0 X No test required Fungus Resistance 13 0 X No test required Salt Spray 14 0 X No test required Magnetic Effect 15 0 Z Magnetic deflection distance lt 0 3 m Power Input 16 0 AB Power supply 28 V DC Reconnection of voice and data calls is not required if a power interrupt less than 200 ms occurs during transfer of power sources Voltage Spike 17 0 A Power supply 28 V DC Audio Susceptibility 18 0 RB Power supply 28 V DC Induced Susceptibility 19 0 ZC Equipment intended for operation in systems where interference free operation is required Radio Frequency Susceptibility 20 0 RR High Intensity Radiated Field HIRF associated with normal environment Emission of Radio Frequency 21 0 M Installation in areas with significant Energy electromagnetic apertures Lightning Induced Transient 22 0 A3 J33 Equipment and wiring in moderately Susceptibility exposed environment in an all metal airframe The Configuration Module is an integrated part of the SBU and so the pin injection tests are not required for the Configuration Module interface Lightning Direct Effects 23 0 X No test required Icing 24 0 X No test re
152. emedy 98 127093 E Types of messages EV_ALARM_HLD_NOT PRESENT ERROR 0370 No HLD found 0370 The SBU TT 5040A cannot detect the HLD TT 5016A Check that the cable between SBU and HLD cable W1 is correctly mounted and fulfills the requirements listed in this document Check all connectors between SBU and HLD EV_ALARM_SNMP_AGENT ERROR 0380 SNMP agent initialization failed 0380 The SNMP agent failed initialization Contact your Thrane amp Thrane partner if the problem persists EV_ALARM_TEMPERATURE_LOW_CRITICAL WARNING 1010 Temperature too low critical 01010 to 01019 Low ambient temperature is causing the performance of the terminal to be degraded or halted Move the terminal to a warmer location For information on ambient temperature limits see the installation manual EV_ALARM_TEMPERATURE_TOO_LOW WARNING 1020 Too low temperature warning 01020 to 01029 Low ambient temperature is causing the performance of the terminal to be degraded or halted The terminal will assume radio silence if the problem is in the HLD module of the antenna Move the terminal to a warmer location For information on ambient temperature limits see the installation manual EV_ALARM_TEMPERATURE_HIGH_CRITICAL WARNING 1110 Temperature too high critical 01110 to 01119 Terminal Critically high temperature is causing the terminal to shut down HLD Critically high temperature is causing the HLD to stop transmi
153. enable or disable the WLAN default setting Enabled 3 For Broadcast SSID select Enabled default or Disabled Enabled your WLAN access point is shown to other users Disabled your WLAN access point is hidden h Type in the SSID of your choice or accept the default SSID which is the name of the installed system AVIATOR 200 AVIATOR 300 or AVIATOR 350 The SSID Service Set IDentifier is the name of the wireless local area network It is text with maximum 32 characters All wireless devices on a WLAN must use the same wireless local area network in order to communicate with each other Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 6 19 Setting up the interfaces 6 5 5 Select the Country for your present location The default setting is USA For a list of countries that can use WLAN with the setting USA see Countries where the US country code applies on page D 2 If you want to let the system automatically find a channel set Select channel automatically to Enabled Then the Channel list will be grayed out If you have set Select channel automatically to Disabled you can set the Channel used for communication on the WLAN interface Select the Security standard You may select one of the following encryption standards None default e WEP 40 64 enter the encryption key in hexadecimal format e WEP 104 128 enter the encryption key in hexadecimal format e WPA TKIP enter the encryption key in text format
154. erference 5 6 0 outline drawings 3 1 P packaging for return 7 15 part numbers 2 6 connector 2 7 installation kit 2 7 PAST 7 8 PBX unit 2 3 PC Maintenance wiring 5 41 permissions user 6 81 Person Activated Self Test 7 8 phone book 6 11 phone numbers for terminal 6 11 Phone Fax setup 6 20 Phone Fax interface setting call type 6 21 phonebook limit calls to 6 83 phones wiring 5 33 PIN administration PIN 6 64 pin out 4 1 2 Wire Cradle DB9 connector 4 11 ISDN 5 31 Maintenance interface 5 41 SBU front connector 4 2 SBU rear receptacle 4 7 4 8 Index 6 Pitch Offset 6 36 port forwarding 6 16 POST 7 8 POTS interface configuration 5 33 power cables 5 11 recommended 5 44 Power LED on SBU 7 9 Power On Self Test 7 8 power splitter DO 160 string B 6 equipment drawing 3 4 GPS antenna 5 24 specifications A 6 PPPoE setup 6 60 PPPoE connection 6 59 PPPoE network connections 6 60 PPPoE setup equipment 6 60 non default APN 6 61 profiles for data transmission 6 72 properties antenna 6 12 system 6 9 protocol number 6 78 provisioning 5 47 Proxy server disabling 6 6 Push To Test button 7 8 Q QoS 6 72 Quadrax connector wiring 5 28 Quality of Service 6 72 R rear receptacle SBU pin out 4 7 4 8 reboot 7 13 references E 1 remote control SBU 6 83 98 127093 E remote management 6 82 Repackaging requirements 7 15 repair 7 2 returning units
155. eset the system and antenna If the failure persists then replace the antenna EV_TT5006A_SRAM_FAILURE ERROR 9407 TT 5006A SRAM Failure 9407 The software in the TT 5006A antenna has detected a problem with the SRAM test and the antenna is not working Try to reset the system and antenna If the failure persists then replace the antenna Appendix C System messages C59 Types of messages Tagname Severity Event ID Description ID Explanation Remedy Tagname Severity Event ID Description ID Explanation Remedy Tagname Severity Event ID Description ID Explanation Remedy Tagname Severity Event ID Description ID Explanation Remedy Tagname Severity Event ID Description ID Explanation Remedy C 10 EV_TT5006A_EEPROM_FAILURE ERROR 9408 TT 5006A EEPROM Failure 9408 The software in the TT 5006A antenna has detected a problem with the EEPROM test and the antenna is not working Try to reset the system and antenna If the failure persists then replace the antenna EV_TT5006A_SUPPLIED_POWER_FAILURE ERROR 9409 TT 5006A Supplied Power Failure 9409 The software in the TT 5006A antenna has detected a problem with the supplied power from the SBU and the antenna is not working Check cabling between SDU and TT5006A antenna cable W4 Measure the voltage on the inner core of the antenna cable cable W4 the voltage should be 28 V Check that system is configured to a TT 5006A
156. et phones can be connected in parallel on each interface These interfaces are used for the TT 5621B TT 5622B Thrane amp Thrane aeronautical handset system but may also be used for e g the Sigma ICG DECT Cordless Handset phones fax modem or secure devices and PTA 12 98 127093 E Chapter 5 Installation 5 35 Electrical installation and wiring 5 3 10 For information on wiring of Sigma phones see Wiring Sigma 2 wire handsets on page 5 36 For information on wiring of ICG DECT Cordless Handset phones see Wiring ICG DECT Cordless Handset 2 wire phone on page 5 37 Supported cable length 100 meters 328 feet Wiring Sigma 2 wire handsets The following drawing shows the wiring of Sigma handsets Sig ma Cradle TT 5040A SBU 7 A A 2 WIR MODEM POTS 2_ A Sigma a Handset Interface 2 Cradle Figure 5 20 Wiring Sigma handsets One or two Sigma handsets can be connected to the 2 wire interfaces of the AVIATOR 200 300 350 system Connect Jl on the Sigma handset to the rear receptacle of the SBU according to the wiring drawing above UAE In order for the volume in the Sigma handset to be sufficient it is normally necessary to adjust the ear volume using the menu system of the handset For information on how to do this see Sigma setup on page 6 85 For information on the 2 wire interface see Pins for 2 wire interfaces on page 5 35 Chapter 5 Installati
157. ettings from being activated Figure 6 18 Web interface Settings Common Call waiting 2 Click OK next to Read current settings A message saying Operation in progress please wait is displayed LS Allow sufficient time for the system to read the current settings over the satellite connection 3 For each call type select Call waiting enabled if you want to get notification of waiting calls while you are making a call or transmitting data 4 Click Apply Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 98 127093 E Setting up the interfaces Line identification You can set up the terminal to show your number when you are making a call or transmitting data The number shown is the standard voice number of the airtime subscription To show the number when making a call or transmitting data do as follows 1 Select SETTINGS gt Common gt Line identification from the left navigation pane SIGNAL HMHHHHHI CALLING LINE IDENTIFICATION DASHBOARD CONNECT M Show my number PHONE BOOK Apply Cancel MESSAGES CALLS SETTINGS LAN WLAN Phone Fax ISDN Common Call forward Call barring Call waiting Line identification Figure 6 19 Web interface Settings Common Line identification 2 Select Show my number and click Apply Closed user group Your subscription may include one or more closed user groups A closed user group is a group of users permitted to make calls to each other but not to users outside the
158. f the error persists contact your Thrane amp Thrane partner s support hotline or Thrane amp Thrane e support Could not communicate with Check the satcom antenna and cables to antenna the satcom antenna Unknown start error Restart the system If the error persists contact your Thrane amp Thrane partner s support hotline or Thrane amp Thrane e support Table 6 5 Magnetometer calibration Error messages at failing Start procedure Error messages at failing STOP procedure How to proceed Calibration stopped outside allowed Rerun the calibration within the allowed time interval min 3 minutes max time interval 10 minutes Calibration convergence error Rerun the calibration within the allowed possibly due to the aircraft being time interval rotated less than 360 degrees Unknown calibration error Rerun the calibration Try to follow the instructions how to perform the 360 turn more carefully If this does not help restart the system If the error persists contact your Thrane amp Thrane partner s support hotline or Thrane amp Thrane e support Table 6 6 Magnetometer calibration Error messages at failing Stop procedure 6 42 Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 98 127093 E 6 5 14 Setting up the interfaces Enabling system options with FLEX keys On this page you can view the options for your system that are currently enabled or disabled Enabling the purchased opti
159. ffect after reboot SETTINGS TCP IP LAN Port forwarding Network devices Network classification ZS Dynamic IP address Static IP address IP Header compression APN Enabled Disabled Network user groups Common PPPoE SIM default Static route C Network assigned WLAN Phone Fax C User defined bgan inmarsat com ISDN User name comman Password E IP handsets PROFILES Discrete IJO Automatic activation Enabled Disabled System Type Standard Strearning 8 Strearning 16 Streaming 32 Figure 6 30 Web interface Settings LAN Network user groups Edit Primary RF settings 3 Type in a name for the group 4 Select Enabled or Disabled 5 Select the type of Internet connection Router mode means the connection will be shared with other users and the NAT module of the SBU will make the necessary address translations Read more about NAT in NAT Network Address Translation on page 6 57 Use this mode if one or more computers are connected using the LAN interface and the SBU should acts a router Bridge mode is an exclusive connection it is not shared with other users and NAT is disabled Use the Bridge mode together with a network classification entry that selects a single computer see Using the network classification table on page 6 54 The SBU acts a a bridge for this network user group This mode is not available in the Default network user group No internet access m
160. ffered This means that the transmission is slightly delayed in order to ensure a precise and continuous data stream Ifyou select Disabled the Streaming connection will not be buffered This means the data is delivered immediately but may vary slightly in transmission speed 4 Click Apply How to use the common APN 6 5 8 98 127093 E When you configure the APN for your individual network user group select Common to use the setting from this page Where Common is selected in the individual network user groups the setting will automatically be updated when the Common APN is changed Setting up call services The setup of call services is also common for all interfaces LS The SBU must be registered on the BGAN network before you can set up the call services in the web interface In the web interface you can set up the following supplementary services Call forwarding Call barring Call waiting line identification Closed user group Local exchange Note that depending on the network some of these call service settings may prevent others from being activated Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 6 25 Setting up the interfaces The settings apply for all connected devices using a circuit switched service Call forwarding You can set up the SBU to automatically forward incoming calls to another phone number To forward incoming calls do as follows 1 Select SETTINGS gt Common
161. fuselage Twisted d wa fh Twisted and shielded OAA Each wiring drawing in this chapter only shows the connections referred to in that particular section Other connections may be required for the system to work properly 5 3 2 Wiring power supply Wiring the TT 5040A SBU The Aircraft power bus interfaces supply the electric power required to operate the SBU They also supply a chassis connection to the aircraft chassis and the installation tray for EMC purposes The 28 V DC Power wire must include a circuit breaker capable of carrying the required current continuously under the required environmental conditions 98 127093 E Chapter 5 Installation 5 9 Electrical installation and wiring The following drawing shows the wiring of the SBU to the Aircraft Power Bus 28 v DC I Aircraft Power Bus 75A 2 f TP2 GND Power Return 3 TT 5040A TP1 28 V DC Power SBU BP3 Chassis Ground TP3 SBU nON ON OFF 1 Total resistance max 250 mQ incl Circuit Breaker 2 Directly to Aircraft Ground with less than 1 m cable Total resistance max 25 mQ 3 Directly to installation tray and aircraft chassis max 25 mQ resistance 4 Recommended circuit breaker Klixon 2TC series 7 5 A current rating 5 If SATCOM On Off switch is required TP3 is routed to an external switch to ground Figure 5 3 Wiring SBU power supply SBU maximum power consumption The CM HLD and some satcom ante
162. ge selected in the navigation pane This section is used for viewing or changing settings or for performing actions When the Dashboard is displayed you have verified that the connection to the SBU can be established The web interface is ready for use You can continue to configure the system If you cannot establish a connection to the SBU there might be problems with the Proxy server settings of your PC See Proxy server settings in your browser on page 6 6 for further information Icons in the icon bar The following icons may appear in the icon bar in the web interface Icon Explanation E A new SMS message or information of Voice mail has arrived Click the icon to see new messages or information of Voice mail For further information see the AVIATOR 200 300 350 User Manual A An event is active Click the icon to see a list of active events For explanations of the event messages see the AVIATOR 200 300 350 User Manual Note that this icon will remain in the icon bar as long as the event is still active Table 6 1 Web interface Icons Navigating the web interface To expand a menu click the menu in the navigation pane To access status and settings click the relevant subject in the navigation pane or click the relevant icon in the icon bar The status or settings are displayed in the contents section To get an overview over the submenus available use the site map click SITE MAP in
163. going calls and their connection status To update the information on the Extended status page click Refresh Self test The Self test performs system test on the AVIATOR 200 300 350 system similar to the tests that are performed during the Power On Self Test POST The SBU will reboot when performing the self test All ongoing calls or data sessions will be terminated To activate a Self test do as follows 1 Select HELPDESK gt Self test Thrane amp Thrane SIGNAL 0000000 Warning The terminal will reboot to perform the self test Rebooting the terminal will DASHBOARD terminate all existing connections CONNECT Self test PHONE BOOK MESSAGES CALLS SETTINGS ADMINISTRATION HELPDESK Figure 7 8 Web interface Help desk Self test 2 Click Self test 3 Click OK in the Warning dialog The SBU now performs a self test and resets the SBU Initial troubleshooting This section describes an initial check of the primary functions of the AVIATOR 200 300 350 system Chapter 7 Maintenance and troubleshooting 7 13 Troubleshooting Means available for troubleshooting The following means are available for troubleshooting LEDs Generally if a fault occurs without any obvious reason it is always recommended to observe the LEDs For information on the function of the LEDs refer to Status signalling on page 7 8 Web interface For troubleshooting errors in the SBU you may connect to the front LAN in
164. hange common settings Oves no Traffic fow fiters Change general settings Oves no SIM PIN Change tracking settings Oves Ono SIM Lock Perform self test Oves Ono User permissions Control connections from IP handset Oves Mo Remote management ALLOW AT COMMANDS ON Remote activation Changes to AT command permissions only take effect after reboot Restricted dialing LAN WLAN interface Oves no HELPDESK SITE MAP Figure 6 56 Web interface Administration User permissions 2 For each item under ALLOW USERS TO select yes to allow access or noto block access to the settings Then the pages are read only changes cannot be made 3 Under ALLOW AT COMMANDS ON select yes to allow the use of AT commands on the LAN WLAN interface or no to block the use of AT commands on the LAN WLAN interface AT commands are typically used during maintenance and service LS This setting does not take effect until the SBU is restarted 4 Click Apply The settings to which access is denied are now greyed out for the non administrator user 98 127093 E Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 6 81 Administration 6 7 10 Remote management You can set up the SBU for control from a remote location gt If you want to remotely control the SBU it must have activated a connection This can be done in several ways Automatic activation of a Standard data connection see step 10 on page 6 51 in Editing a netw
165. he Iridium Band Reject Filter between the SBU and the HLD Antenna AVIATOR TT 5016A HLD Tx TT 5019A Iridium Band Reject Filter Tx TT 5040A 001 CM Pi TT 5040A SBU User Interfaces Figure F 1 System configuration with TT 5019A Iridium Band Reject Filter 1 98 127093 E Fel Equipment drawing Equipment drawing F 2 1 r PTY O6E6Z1 7611 each NOLLIS Otd XIL 1333Y ANY MOTO V6lOS 11 DNIMYXO ANTILNO uewiag ueboquede Boj leau Sug eva soa junwmosayen SUBIUL WZ aremt SALON 33S visavi V6L0S07 N d JNYYH1 9 SNVYHL AX0d3 AIV78 It JOSAH SLILION HUN 33301 34V SMJXJS TY 9 SWVITTIM NIM83HS Ag OIYNLIVANNYW ZLa E94 N d NILYOJ TAWVNS SNVHLSYNATOd 8 SNV10d vg 30I838V3 HSINId LINN S 91 1909 AOTIV WAINIWNTY TWINSLWW LINN 7 SSHINI NI JYV SNOISNAWIC ALIAVYS 40 YSLNAI SLVWIXONddY SILONIO ge Z S81S0 S81 S LHOISM LINN r SALON SM3YIS ONINNL LSNFOY LON Od asz SMS83S gen w xz z EK P XOW EL YOE00 NSM BAVT N d SNVUHL 9 SNVEHL 804 03AU3S35 EE Z f ge 19 803 G3A83S38 azes S J y A SYO LISNNOD SE A BAL xz 5 N rt 7 E m _ E g e u a z
166. he SBU Enable discrete input is active low and must be connected to ground The input is used to inhibit the transmitter output signal and to reset the SBU when the input is released to either open circuit or to high state When pulled low the SBU is put in reset state The electrical specification is defined in the following section Description of the discrete types 98 127093 E Chapter 5 Installation 5 39 Electrical installation and wiring WLAN Enable TP5 WLAN Enable input is used to enable the WLAN interface The input is active low and the WLAN interface is kept disabled and reset as long as the input is at the high state When the input is connected to ground or to low state the WLAN interface will be initialized and ready for use When the WLAN interface is not enabled no RF is emitted from the interface Description of the discrete types Discrete type and description Discrete type Description Lamp Driver The output configuration forms a switch closure to ground The electrical specification for the Lamp type switch is Open switch hold off voltage max 39 5 V DC Closed switch voltage max 1 V DC at 500 mA Open switch resistance OFF min 100 kQ Discrete input The discrete input detects the following states Open voltage 7 V DC to 39 5 V DC or gt 100 kQ to ground Short voltage 0 3 5 V DC or lt 1500 Q to ground Input characteristics Reaction time is lt 500 ms The internal interface is d
167. he back of the TT 5040A SBU Insert the TT 5040A 001 Configuration Module into the back of the TT 5040A SBU EV_BDU_AERO_CM_DATA ERROR 8043 Flash on Configuration Module corrupt 8043 The AVIATOR system has detected corrupt data on the TT 5040A 001 Configuration Module Please contact your Thrane amp Thrane partner for further assistance Appendix C System messages 98 127093 E Tagname Severity Event ID Description ID Explanation Remedy Tagname Severity Event ID Description ID Explanation Remedy Tagname Severity Event ID Description ID Explanation Remedy Tagname Severity Event ID Description ID Explanation Remedy Tagname Severity Event ID Description ID Explanation Remedy 98 127093 E Types of messages EV_BDU_AERO_CM_FLASH_LIFESPAN WARNING 8044 Flash on Configuration Module is getting worn out 8044 The Configuration Module is aging and will have less that 10 of the expected lifetime left The Configuration Module still works but has to be replaceable in a timely manner EV_BDU_AERO_CM_FLASH_LIFESPAN_ERROR ERROR 804A Flash on Configuration Module is worn out 804A The Configuration Module is completely worn out and will have to be replaced The Configuration Module might still be operational but can fail at any time since the expected lifetime has been exceeded EV_BDU_AERO_NAVIGATIONAL_INPUT_INVALID WARNING 804F ARINC 429 Navigational Input from AHRS or IRS
168. ibility 18 0 X No test required passive device Induced Susceptibility 19 0 X No test required Radio Frequency Susceptibility 20 0 X No test required Emission of Radio Frequency 21 0 X No test required Energy Lightning Induced Transient 22 0 X No test required Susceptibility Lightning Direct Effects 23 0 X No test required Icing 24 0 X No test required Electrostatic Discharge ESD 25 0 A Operation installation and repair in an aerospace environment Fire Flammability 26 0 X Equipment is tested according to FAR 25 Airworthiness Standards Transport Category Airplanes Paragraph 25 853 a and Appendix F Part I a 1 ii Table F 2 Environmental Qualification Form for Iridium Band Reject Filter Continued F 6 Appendix F TT 5019A Iridium Band Reject Filter 98 127093 E Appendix G Using terminal commands G1 Getting started G 1 1 Connecting to the SBU Hardware and software requirements The following items are required to run terminal commands One IBM compatible PC with an Ethernet port available One standard Ethernet cable RJ 45 lt gt RJ 45 A suitable Telnet client In Windows XP and previous versions of Windows you can use the included HyperTerminal In Windows Vista and Windows 7 you can use the included DOS based client but this is not optimal A 3rd party client that supports logging to a file is recommended Preparing the telnet client Do as follows to set up the telne
169. ic interference on the navigational input signal This procedure is described in the following section Calibrating the NRS in the TT 5006A IGA For an overview of the supported navigational input sources for the different satcom antennas see Navigational input for satcom antennas on page 5 4 Calibrating the NRS in the TT 5006A IGA For a system with a TT 5006A IGA you can use NRS if IRS AHRS is not available When using NRS you must calibrate the integrated NRS to compensate for potential magnetic interference During the calibration data are provided about the way the antenna is attached to the aircraft and about local magnetic fields A proper calibration is essential to track the satellites correctly Failure to calibrate the system may cause the system not to work properly Note that you must repeat the calibration procedure if you exchange the antenna or if the magnetic environment inside the aircraft changes mounting of loudspeakers close to the satcom antenna etc The calibration data is stored in the CM You start and stop the magnetometer calibration procedure using a PC connected to the maintenance connector of the SBU and the web interface Magnetometer calibration procedure 98 127093 E To calibrate the magnetometer do as follows 1 Connect a PC to the Maintenance connector of the SBU and enter the web interface 2 Find a suitable location where the AVIATOR system can obtain GPS synchronization and where there is suffic
170. ider ISP so the system can be activated The airtime provider handles terminal activation billing and technical support that is related to the communication network The activation process may take some time so to make sure it is ready in time start the activation procedure some time before the installation on the aircraft begins Swift Broadband The AVIATOR 200 300 350 system is delivered with the SIM card permanently installed in the CM of the SBU but not activated The SIM card is pre authenticated by Inmarsat and identified by its unique IMSI number International Mobile Subscriber Identity The IMSI is usually 15 digits long LS The IMSI number is printed on the part number label of the CM It is also printed on the Certificate of Conformity letter belonging to the CM You need the IMSI to activate the Satellite communication service For details how to activate the SIM card please contact your airtime Provider The contract for SwiftBroadband services with your airtime provider contains among other items the following phone numbers and identifiers Direct phone number that is associated with the IMSI number of the installation Typically the service provider provisions the SIM card automatically to open up for the circuit switched and packet switched services EU To use the packet switched services you may have to enter the APN Access Point Name make sure that you have received this information from your service pr
171. ient space for the aircraft to complete a turn of at least 360 Make sure that a full circle of 360 is covered 370 is fine too 350 is not sufficient to produce a valid calibration result E gt Make sure that the aircraft is away from large buildings or vehicles which could disturb the terrestrial magnetic field Preferably use the compass calibration field in the airport area 3 Power up all aircraft systems including the engines This is to create the aircraft magnetic environment as it is in in flight condition h Wait until the GPS of the aircraft is operational Check on the page DASHBOARD whether the field GPS position shows a valid value Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 6 39 Setting up the interfaces 5 From the left navigation pane select SETTINGS gt External systems SIGNAL TTT TT EXTERNAL SYSTEMS DASHBOARD ANTENNA CONNECT Type Tr soosa E PHONEROOK NAVIGATIONAL INPUT MESSAGES Navigational input Cins Coups ines EE PRIMARY Zem Connected Bes no LAN Speed high Prow WLAN SECONDARY Phone Fax Connected Bes no ISDN Speed hHigh Lou Common GPS VOLTAGE IP handsets GPS voltage o voc s voc 26 voc Discrete I O Selecting an incorrect GPS voltage may damage the antenna System Type Apply Cancel RF settings External systems MAGNETOMETER CALIBRATION FLEX Calibration quality score 8 Tracking Hard iron calibration quality score 9 Upload ADMINISTRATION Start Sl Refresh HELPDESK F
172. igure 6 25 Web interface Settings External systems Magnetometer Calibration 6 Advise the pilot to make a slow 360 circle on a smooth flat and level surface Make sure that the turn rate is between 1 and 2 per second i e one circle should take minimum 3 minutes maximum 10 minutes to produce valid calibration results Keep the movement as even as possible avoid sudden movements or changes in speed The start direction of the turn is not relevant LS Itis recommended for the calibration to succeed that the turn is performed in a constant direction If the aircraft e g turns a bit counterclockwise before completing a full turn clockwise this might bring the calculations of calibration parameters to fail 7 In the section for magnetometer calibration click the button Start to start the calibration procedure When a calibration is completed successfully any previously stored calibration data is overwritten without further notice 8 When a turn is complete click Stop The system initiates a calculation in the background that may take between 10 seconds and a few minutes Click optionally the button Refresh until the result is shown The resulting calibration score is shown as two digits Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 98 127093 E Setting up the interfaces 9 See the following table for guidelines how to evaluate the calibration score Calibration quality score Hard iron interference calibration qu
173. ineering planning only It is the installer s responsibility to compose installation drawings specific to the aircraft Note Cables and connectors are not included For specifications of the antenna please see the documentation provided with the antenna 98 127093 E A 1 AVIATOR 200 300 350 system components A 2 AVIATOR 200 300 350 system components A 2 1 TT 5040A SwiftBroadband Unit SBU Characteristics Specification Dimensions ARINC 404A 1 4 ATR short LxWxH 320 5 mm x 193 5 mm x 57 15 mm 12 62 x 7 62 x 2 25 Weight 2 8 kg 0 1 kg 6 2 lbs 0 22 lbs including TT 5040 001 CM Mounting Mount in an ARINC 404A 1 4 ATR short tray in a temperature controlled location Forced cooling is not required and not recommended Supply Voltage Nominal 28 0 V DC Power Hold up Power Consumption including CM Heat Dissipation Total Power Consumption SBU including CM HLD and satcom antenna Connectors Operating Temperature Storage Temperature Voltage range continuous operation 20 5 V DC to 32 2 V DC short time operation 18 0 V DC to 32 2 V DC 200 ms Fully operational 5 ms Absolute max power consumption 14 W Typical operating power consumption 12 W lt 14 W at absolute max power consumption lt 12 W at typical power consumption With TT 3002A LGA RF only Max 83 W With TT 5006A IGA Coax Modem Max 98 W With AMT 50 HGA 6000 HGA ARINC 781 Max 83 W With HGA 7000 HGA Coax Mo
174. iode isolated for parallel connection externally to any other LRU s with at least 200 kQ of isolation when power is not applied Table 5 23 Specification of discrete types Chapter 5 Installation 98 127093 E Electrical installation and wiring 5 3 13 Wiring the Maintenance interface Important 4 Make sure that there is no cable connected to the SBU Maintenance connector when the aircraft is airborne Maintenance PC and ATE The following drawing shows the wiring of e the LAN Maintenance PC connection on the SBU ATE interface for factory use only do not connect Maintenance connector Pr SE TxD TT 5040A r gt p kD 2 Maintenance FP3 SBU mp gt EE For factory use only TATA SN Do not connect TP10 ATE 2 Figure 5 23 Wiring Maintenance PC and Reset Pins for the Maintenance interface on SBU The following list shows the pins used for the Maintenance interface on the SBU SBU pin Name Description FP TxD FP2 TxD FP3 RxD FP6 RxD Table 5 24 SBU pins for Maintenance interface 98 127093 E Chapter 5 Installation 5 41 Electrical installation and wiring Description of the Maintenance interface on the SBU Use the Maintenance interface on the front of the SBU for configuration and maintenance purpose i e for tasks like configuring RF cable settings for the installation satcom antenna setup navigational input and software upgr
175. ion using SMS on page 6 83 Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 98 127093 E Using the phone book 6 4 Using the phone book 6 4 1 General usage The phone book is stored in the Configuration module In the phone book you can Add new names and phone numbers Modify or delete existing names and phone numbers Look up phone numbers Look up short dial numbers for easy dialing from a handset For information how to access the phone book and how to add edit and delete phone book entries see the AVIATOR 200 300 350 User Manual 6 4 2 Viewing and editing the mobile numbers The mobile numbers are the phone numbers to use when making a call to the terminal DZ These numbers are not listed at delivery Enter the numbers received from the Service and Airtime Provider To view the mobile numbers To view the mobile numbers of the SBU select PHONE BOOK gt Mobile numbers from the left navigation pane Thrane amp Thrane great TTT P lt MOBILE NUMBERS FOR CURRENT SIM CARD DASHBOARD Standard voice 870772420567 CONNECT 3 1 kHz audio 870782105234 PHONE BOOK UDI 64 kbps 870782105235 Mobile numbers RDI 56 kbps MESSAGES Edit CALLS SETTINGS Figure 6 6 Web interface Phone book mobile numbers example To enter or edit the mobile numbers To enter or edit the mobile numbers click Edit at the bottom of the page type in the numbers received from your Airtime Provider and click OK
176. ipment Trivial File Transfer Protocol A very simple file transfer protocol with the functionality of a very basic form of FTP Since it is so simple it is easy to implement in a very small amount of memory Top Plug Voice over IP Wireless Local Area Network Glossary 5 Glossary Glossary 6 98 127093 E Numerics 2 Wire Cradle connector functions 4 11 DB9 male connector 4 11 Environmental Qualification Form B 8 outline drawing 3 9 specifications A 8 2 Wire Handset Environmental Qualification Form B 8 outline drawing 3 8 specifications A 7 2 wire interface setting call type 6 21 A about this manual 1 1 Access Point Name 6 7 activation SIM card 5 47 address manufacturer ii administration settings 6 64 administration remote 6 82 administrator log off 6 67 log on 6 64 password reset 6 66 advanced configuration WLAN 6 18 AHRS navigational input 5 4 AHRS wiring 5 20 AHRS GPS 5 4 aircraft mating connectors 4 12 Aircraft interfaces 4 6 airtime services 5 47 Airworthiness Continued 7 1 annunciators default setting 4 5 wiring 5 38 98 127093 E antenna connectors 4 9 Glonass distance 5 7 GPS distance 5 7 mounting 5 4 supported types 2 6 systems 2 4 viewing properties 6 12 viewing status 6 9 viewing type 6 9 7 13 wiring 5 12 antenna steering 5 4 antenna upgrade 6 34 APN 5 47 common 6 24 setup 6 7 6 25 APN common setting 6 24 ARIN
177. ipment specifications for TT 5016A HLD Appendix A Equipment specifications 98 127093 E A 2 4 AVIATOR 200 300 350 system components TT 5040A 004 WLAN antenna Characteristics Dimensions L x W x H Weight Mounting Connector Operating Temperature Storage Temperature Altitude Relative humidity Cable type Cable length including connector Specification 12 mm x 119 mm x 13 mm 0 48 x 4 7 x 0 5 28 3 g 1 ounce For mounting instructions for WLAN antennas see Figure 5 2 Mounting two WLAN antennas for optimum performance in TT 5040A 004 WLAN antennas on page 5 8 Male TNC 40 C to 71 C 55 C to 85 C Pressurized Cat Al 15 000 ft Decompression Cat Al 45 000 ft Overpressure Cat Al 15 000 ft 95 non condensing at 50 C Plenum RG 316U coaxial 7 5 0 25 190 5 6 4 mm 98 127093 E Table A 4 Equipment specifications for WLAN antenna Appendix A Equipment specifications A 5 AVIATOR 200 300 350 system components A 2 5 TT 5038A 003 Rx Power Splitter Characteristics Dimensions Lx W x H Weight Mounting Connectors Operating Temperature Storage Temperature Altitude Environmental Categories Specification 86 8 mm x 50 8 mm x 19 1 mm 3 42 x 2 00 x 0 75 including connectors 146 g 10 g 0 32 lbs 0 02 lbs If the Rx Power Splitter is to be mounted on a flat surface mount it on a 3 mm mounting p
178. is missing or not yet ready 804F None of the navigational inputs receive valid data for one of the following reasons Wiring is broken The navigational source is not switched on or power on sequence takes longer time than expected Check the wiring Wait until power on sequence has completed for the external navigational data source Check if the external unit has been configured properly EV_BDU_AERO_NRS_CALIBRATION_MISSING WARNING 8050 NRS Magnetometer Calibration is missing 8050 Calibration of the TT 5006A antenna Magnetometer has not yet been done Calibrate the TT 5006A antenna Magnetometer as described in your AVIATOR installation manual EV_BDU_AERO_NRS_CALIBRATION_ANTENNA_CHANGED WARNING 8051 NRS Magnetometer Calibration was performed on different antenna than current 8051 The AVIATOR system has detected that the TT 5006A antenna has been replaced This requires a new calibration of the TT 5006A antenna Magnetometer Calibrate the TT 5006A antenna Magnetometer as described in your AVIATOR installation manual Appendix C System messages Gi Types of messages Tagname Severity Event ID Description ID Explanation Remedy Tagname Severity Event ID Description ID Explanation Remedy Tagname Severity Event ID Description ID Explanation Remedy Tagname Severity Event ID Description ID Explanation Remedy Tagname Severity Event ID Description ID Explanation Remedy C 8 EV_B
179. late to provide enough space for mounting of the connectors Can be mounted in an unpressurized but temperature controlled location 3 x N connector Female Built in DC block on the HSU SBU port 25 C to 55 C 55 C to 85 C 55000 ft Refer to Environmental Qualification form in Tx Coupler and Rx Power Splitter on page B 6 in Appendix B Table A 5 General specifications for Rx Power Splitter A 6 Appendix A Equipment specifications 98 127093 E AVIATOR 200 300 350 handsets and cradles AA AVIATOR 200 300 350 handsets and cradles A 3 1 TT 5621B 2 Wire Handset Characteristics Specification Dimensions L x W x H 200 0 mm x 52 0 mm x 31 5 mm 7 87 x 2 05 x 1 24 Weight 0 22 kg 50 g 0 49 lbs 0 11 lbs incl cable Mounting Mount in a pressurized and temperature controlled location Power consumption Max 750 mW for handset and cradle included in SBU power consumption Operating Temperature 25 C to 55 C Storage Temperature 40 C to 80 C Altitude 55 000 ft Environmental Categories Refer to Environmental Qualification form in 2 Wire Handset and 2 Wire Cradle on page B 8 in Appendix B Table A 6 Equipment specifications for 2 Wire Handset 98 127093 E Appendix A Equipment specifications A 7 AVIATOR 200 300 350 handsets and cradles A 3 2 TT 5622B 2 Wire Cradle Characteristics Specification Dimensions L x W x H 160 5 mm x 61 0 mm x 28 4 mm 6 30
180. le Call charges Load configuration from file user data only Browse Load Log handling ji Data limits Load configuration from file include install data L Browse Load Profiles Administrator logoff Traffic flow filters Figure 6 45 Web interface Administration saving a configuration file 2 Click Browse to browse to the file you want to import Then click Open 3 Click Load The new configuration is now loaded into your SBU LS Configuration files can only be exchanged between SBUs with the same software version h Restart the SBU to activate the new configuration Call charges In this section you can enter the call charges so you at all times can see the current charges for the services used Consult the documentation from your service provider for the subscribed services then enter these tariffs in the web interface The system automatically calculates the charges for your calls and data sessions DAB Thrane amp Thrane does not take responsibility for the correctness of the estimated charges This calculation is only a rough estimate of the charge based on the tariff entered by the user Also the Airtime Provider may have different methods of calculating the charge The entered tariffs are used for estimating the charges for calls and data sessions The estimated charge is listed for each call or data session in the call log For further information see the AVIATOR 200 300 350 user manual
181. lected more than one profile one primary and one or more secondary profiles for an interface you must define traffic flow filter s before you can establish a valid connection What is a profile A profile is a collection of Quality of Service QoS settings and other settings defining the mode in which data is transmitted on an interface For example a profile is used to define whether the connection is a Streaming connection or a Standard connection You can select between a number of predefined profiles or define your own profiles for your data transmission For further information on profiles refer to the 3GPP standard TS 23 107 Quality of Service QoS concept and architecture EU If no traffic flow filters are defined the Primary profile for a network user group is used for all traffic from that network user group Then the secondary profile will not become active To learn more about traffic flow filters see What are traffic flow filters in the next section Selecting the profiles for a network user group When you set up a network user group you typically select one of the predefined profiles to use as a Primary profile for that network user group You select optionally one or more Secondary profiles 6 72 Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 98 127093 E Administration For further information on how to select the profiles see Managing LAN WLAN network users on page 6 46 SIGNAL TT Name Standard DASHB
182. lowing drawing shows the wiring of the rear SBU Ethernet interfaces TT 5040A SBU Tx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 1 input BP A1 1 AAH RJ45 L E Tx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 1 input BP A1 3 CL z Rx C110 BaseT Ethernet 1 output BE el Female Connector Rx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 1 output BP A1 4 NZ L N V BP A1 shield Tx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 2 input BP A2 1 GEES Tx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 2 input BP A2 3 LS ER RJ45 Rx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 2 out put BP A2 2 O ISS Q Female Connector Rx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 2 output BP A2 4 Ly BP A 2 shield Tx 10 100 BaseT Ethernet 3 input BP A 3 1 AeA Tx 10 100 BaseT Ethernet 3 input BP A3 3 w AR RJ45 Rx 10 100 BaseT Ethernet 3 output BP A3 2 Pp 3 Female Connector Rx 10 100 BaseT Ethernet 3 output BP A3 4 _ 6 BP A3 shield 1 Tx 10 100 BaseT Ethernet 4 input BP 10 TOY Tx 10 100 BaseT Ethernet 4 input BP11 fet 2 Rap Rx 10 100 BaseT Ethernet 4 output BP16 ge ir 3 Female Connector Rx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 4 output BP6 6 Common Signal GND BP 15 Common Signal GND BP17 Tx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 5 input BP 25 a 1 Tx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 5 input BP 20 B A 2 RJ45 Rx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 5 output BP 26 Pep ei 3 Female Connecton Rx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 5 output BP 19 6 Common Signal GND BP21 Common Signal GND BP27 s A Tx 10 100BaseT Ethernet 6 input BP 28 ww Tx 10 100BaseT Ethernet
183. lt APN name gt CGEQREQ 1 1 128 128 128 128 2 0 0E0 0E0 3 0 0 XBB AT CGDCONT 1 ip lt APN name gt CGEQREQ 1 1 512 512 512 512 2 0 0E0 0E0 3 0 0 Description streaming IP data connection 128 kbps streaming IP data connection X Stream Table 6 8 PPPoE connection service names and descriptions for custom APN Continued a For SwiftBroadband the part of the service name XBB can be replaced by SBB Example To setup a standard background data connection using the APN bgan inmarsat com enter XBB AT CGDCONT 1 ip bgan inmarsat com CGEQREQ 1 3 For more information about the command syntax see the standard 3GPP TS 27 007 6 6 8 Setting up static routing When you have an external gateway connected to your SBU the SBU is not automatically able to see the network on the other side of the gateway However you can set up your SBU to communicate with a device on the other side of a gateway by using Static routing To set up a new device for static routing do as follows 1 Select SETTINGS gt LAN gt Static route SIGNAL TITITII DASHBOARD STATIC ROUTE CONNECT Destination Netmask Gateway PHONE BOOK Add MESSAGES CALLS SETTINGS LAN Figure 6 39 Web interface Settings LAN Static route Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 98 127093 E Managing LAN WLAN network users 2 Click Add Thrane amp Thrane SIGNA
184. m in SwiftBroadband unit SBU on page B 2 in Appendix B 98 127093 E Table A 2 Equipment specifications for TT 5040A 001 CM Appendix A Equipment specifications A 3 AVIATOR 200 300 350 system components A 2 3 TT 5016A High Power Amp Low Noise Amplifier Diplexer HLD Characteristics Dimensions L x W x H Weight Mounting Supply Voltage Heat dissipation Connectors Operating Temperature Storage Temperature Altitude Relative humidity Environmental Categories Specification 228 0 mm x 200 0 mm x 50 0 mm 8 98 x 7 87 x 1 97 2 6 kg 0 1 kg 5 7 lbs 0 22 lbs Can be installed in a non temperature controlled location Forced cooling is not required Should be mounted as close to the Antenna unit as possible for minimum cable loss Place the HLD with sufficient contact to the surface respecting the max resistance of 25 mQ The HLD can be mounted on a shelf or directly on the fuselage The HLD is powered by the SBU lt 40 W Tx input N female Rx output TNC female Satcom antenna TNC female Ground stud 55 C to 70 C 55 C to 85 C Non pressurized Cat F1 55 000 ft Pressurized Cat A1 15 000 ft Decompression Cat A1 55 000 ft Overpressure Cat A1 15 000 ft 95 non condensing at 50 C Refer to Environmental Qualification form in High Power Amplifier Low Noise Amplifier Diplexer HLD on page B 4 in Appendix B A 4 Table A 3 Equ
185. m will only try to establish a connection to the selected satellite This means that if the antenna is outside the coverage area for that satellite the AVIATOR 200 300 350 system will not be able to register with the BGAN network 6 14 Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 98 127093 E Setting up the interfaces 6 5 3 Configuring the LAN interface Overview The SBU has 6 LAN connectors plus 1 LAN maintenance connector on the SBU front plate The major part of the LAN parameters are set up in the network management pages which require administrator password For information on these settings refer to Managing LAN WLAN network users on page 6 46 CAUTION All connections to the LAN interface may be affected when A you change the settings below This also includes your own current connection This page is by default not protected by an admin password You can limit access to this page for certain user groups for further details see Setting up user permissions on page 6 80 Setting up the LAN IP addressing In the web interface you can set up the IP addressing between the SBU and devices connected to the SBU The SBU has a built in DHCP server which can be used to dynamically assign IP addresses to devices connected to the SBU You can also set up the local IP address used by the connected devices to access the SBU The Local IP address is the IP address ofthe SBU It is used for accessing the web interface The IP address
186. me country DATA ISDN O Bar all outgoing calls O par outgoing international calls except to home country O sar all incoming calls O sar all incoming calls when roaming outside the home country Barring PIN C gt Apply cancel please wait is displayed gt Allow sufficient time for the system to read the current settings over the satellite connection 3 For each call type select which calls should be barred 98 127093 E Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 6 27 Setting up the interfaces h In the Barring PIN field type in a PIN for your call barring setup E gt This is not the SIM PIN entered at startup but a network PIN Contact your airtime provider for a Barring PIN 5 Click Apply Call waiting You can set up whether or not you want to receive notification of waiting calls while you are making a call or transmitting data To receive a notification of waiting calls do as follows SIGNAL DASHBOARD CONNECT PHONE BOOK MESSAGES CALLS SETTINGS LAN WLAN Phone Fax ISDN Common Call forward Call barring Call waiting Line identification Closed user group Read current settings ok STANDARD OICE Call waiting enabled 3 1 KHZ AUDIO call waiting enabled DATA ISDN D call waiting enabled Apply Cancel Please note that sorne active call forward call barring or call waiting settings may prevent other call forward call barring or call waiting s
187. n DNS server address automatically C Use the following DNS server addresses Preferred DNS server Altemate DNS server Advanced Allocating IP addresses and DNS server lookups are handled by the SBU 6 2 3 Setting up the APN Access Point Name If your service provider does not provision your system automatically to use PS services you must enter the APN provided by your service provider You need the following items from your service provider APN name For step by step instructions how to enter the APN see Setting the common interface settings on page 6 24 98 127093 E Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 6 7 Using the Dashboard 6 3 6 3 1 6 8 Using the Dashboard Overview The Dashboard is the first screen that is displayed when the user or administrator enters the IP address of the web interface The Dashboard is used for control and inspection of ongoing communication and for viewing properties and status of the SBU and antenna SIGNAL DASHBOARD CONNECT PHONE BOOK MESSAGES CALLS SETTINGS ADMINISTRATION HELPDESK SITE MAP PROPERTIES Airtime provider GPS position Status Satellite selection Current satellite Unit serial number Software version IMSI number IMEI number Swift N 55 47 E 12 31 Data active Auto EMEA elevation 25 72163004 1 04 901112115103254 35160101 001824 0 ONGOING DATA SESSIONS Streaming 8 kbps
188. n supported navigational systems see About satcom antenna steering for IGA and HGA AVIATOR 300 and AVIATOR 350 on page 5 4 When using IRS AHRS NPI or GNSS ARINC 429 Speed can individually be set to high or low speed on the primary and secondary input depending on your configuration For redundancy reasons the system supports a secondary source in case the primary source fails M If you use IRS AHRS NPI or GNSS make sure that you configure the primary and secondary IRS or AHRS to the correct speed in your configuration This is essential to provide the necessary navigation data needed for the correct positioning of the antenna 1 Connect to the Maintenance connector on the front panel of the SBU and enter the web interface default address http 192 168 0 1 Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 6 37 Setting up the interfaces 2 From the left navigation pane select SETTINGS gt External systems SIGNAL TI EXTERNAL SYSTEMS DASHBOARD ANTENNA CONNECT Type Tr soosa E UE NAVIGATIONAL INPUT MESSAGES Navigational input Oirs Coups Onrs 0 PRIMARY SETTINGS Connected Oves No LAN Speed High Cow WLAN SECONDARY Phone Fax Connected Oves Ono ISDN Speed Onigh ow Common GPS VOLTAGE IP handsets GPS voltage o voc s voc 26 voc Discrete 1 0 Selecting an incorrect GPS voltage may damage the antenna System Type Apply Cancel RF settings External systems MAGNETOMETER CALIBRATION FLEX No calibration Tracking Ber
189. n type and whether automatic activation is enabled or disabled SIGNAL TL NETWORK USER GROUPS DASHBOARD Automatic CONNECT Name Status Internet connection Zen PHONE BOOK Remote equipment Disabled Bridge mode Enabled Edit MESSAGES Group 1 Disabled Router mode Enabled Edit CALLS Group 2 Disabled Router mode Enabled Edit SETTINGS Group 3 Disabled Router mode Enabled Edit LAN Group 4 Disabled Router mode Enabled Edit A Group 5 Disabled Router mode Enabled Edit Port forwarding Group 6 Disabled Router mode Enabled Edit Network devices Group 7 Disabled Router mode Enabled Edit Network classification Group 8 Disabled Router mode Enabled Edit Network user groups N d Group 9 Disabled Router mode Enabled Edit rl Default group Enabled Router mode Enabled Edit Figure 6 29 Web interface Settings LAN Network user groups 2 Click Edit next to the network user group you want to set up D Changes to the status and internet connection only take effect after reboot of the SBU This is also valid if a user wants to change the network user group then the SBU must be restarted before the user has access to the new network user group 98 127093 E Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 6 49 Managing LAN WLAN network users SIGNAL TTT NETWORK USER GROUP DASHBOARD CONNECT Name Remote equipment PHONE BOOK Status C Enabled Disabled MESSAGES Internet connection Bridge mode zl CALLS Changes to Status and Internet connection only take e
190. nciator_ 1 Inputs WLAN Enable Annunciators TPS Annunciator_ 4 TT 5040A Chime Lamps Inhibit TP13 SBU Chime Lamps Inhibit Spare O Spare O Figure 5 22 Wiring discretes Pins for discrete annunciators The following list shows the pins used for discrete annunciators SBU pin Name and description Discrete type TP27 Annunciator 3 Service available Discrete UO Output Lamp Driver TP28 Annunciator 1 Incoming call Discrete 1 0 Output Lamp Driver TP29 Annunciator 2 SBU failed Discrete 1 0 Output Lamp Driver DPI Annunciator 4 Message received Discrete I O Output Lamp Driver Table 5 20 SBU pins for discrete annunciators a The discrete interfaces are described in Description of the discrete types on page 5 40 Function of discrete annunciators The function of the annunciators is as follows Annunciator 1 Incoming call TP28 Default behavior Active low when a handset is ringing e Annunciator 2 SBU Failed TP29 Default behavior Active low whenever a BITE with severity essential or fatal is active on the SBU e Annunciator 3 Service available TP27 Default behavior Active low when the SwiftBroadband Service is available 5 38 Chapter 5 Installation 98 127093 E Electrical installation and wiring Annunciator 4 Message received BPI Default behavior Active low when a Message is received in the SB
191. nd the profile s available for the current user Here you can start the connections allowed for the current network user group For more information on network user groups and profiles see Managing LAN WLAN network users on page 6 46 Start or stop a standard data connection 6 10 On the Dashboard you can see under PROFILES ON LAN whether a standard connection is active or not To start or stop a Standard connection for your Network user group do as follows 1 Open your Internet browser and enter the IP address of the AVIATOR 200 300 350 SBU default http 192 168 0 1 to access the Dashboard of the web interface 2 Locate PROFILES ON LAN at the bottom of the page 3 Click Start lt name of profile gt in this case Start Standard or Stop lt name of profile gt to stop the connection ONGOING DATA SESSIONS ONGOING CALLS No active data sessions No active calls PROFILES ON LAN Default group Start Standard Refresh Figure 6 5 Web interface Start a data connection 4 Click Refresh to update the current state of the connection s Note that there might be some latency when updating the connection status you might have to wait and click Refresh again to update the Dashboard to the current state gt The PDP context for a data session is not activated before any unit in the LAN tries to communicate e g sends a DHCP request You can also remotely start a data connection see Remote activation of a connect
192. nd to aircraft chassis Remote ON OFF SBU nON Discrete Input TP3 The nON input is used to turn the SBU on and off Connection of this input to ground turns on the SBU and all units powered by the SBU The electrical specifications are defined in Description of the discrete types on page 5 40 Cable requirements SBU power supply Cable Max resistance Other requirements 1 28 V DC Power 250 mQ incl circuit breaker 2 GND Power 25 mQ The cable should be as short as Return possible max 1 m 3 Chassis Ground 25 mQ Connect directly to aircraft chassis Table 5 3 Requirements to SBU power cables a The cable numbers refer to the numbers stated on the wiring drawing in the section Figure 5 3 Wiring SBU power supply D For maximum allowed cable lengths see Power cables allowed cable lengths on page 5 43 98 127093 E Chapter 5 Installation 5 11 Electrical installation and wiring 5 3 3 Wiring the satcom antenna Cable losses During installation measure and write down the cable loss of the RF cables You need these values later on in the web interface during configuration of the system For further details see Configuring RF settings on page 6 35 Wiring TT 3002A LGA The following drawing shows the wiring for an AVIATOR 200 system using a TT 3002A low gain antenna E X4 Chassis Ground geg SC W e TT 3002A RERE EE Antenna TT 5016A wa s HD GER E
193. ner manual and eReport manual for details 5 Request replacement loan unit if required and confirm your request via the eSupport e mail ticket 6 Pack the equipment or parts to be returned in approved shipping Containers and include the eReport RMA documents 7 Write the RMA number on the outside of all shipping containers and ship to the following address Thrane amp Thrane A S Porsvej 2 DK 9200 Aalborg SV Denmark 98 127093 E Chapter 7 Maintenance and troubleshooting 7 17 Disposal of electrical and electronic equipment 7 6 Disposal of electrical and electronic equipment contain substances hazardous to human beings and the environment Never dispose these items together with unsorted municipal waste household waste In order to protect the environment and ensure the correct recycling of old equipment as well as the re utilization of individual components use either public collection or private collection by the local distributor of old electrical and electronic equipment marked with this symbol Old electrical and electronic equipment marked with this symbol can x Contact the local distributor for information about what type of return system to use 7 18 Chapter 7 Maintenance and troubleshooting 98 127093 E Appendices Appendix A Equipment specifications A 1 Introduction Important note The information drawings and wiring diagrams contained in this manual are intended as a reference for eng
194. ng the LAN port you connect to A connected IP device will automatically be assigned to the default network user group if itis not specified otherwise For specific purposes like video streaming a server on the network a fixed IP address on the connected device or changing the startup mode of a connection you must set up network groups with specific primary and or secondary profiles How to do this is described in the following sections Network user groups The network management system divides the users of the SBU into network user groups Each network user group has a profile which determines how the users connect to the Inmarsat BGAN network The network user groups can allow or restrict certain services for different users For example you may want to define one network user group allowing both Standard and Streaming connections Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 98 127093 E Managing LAN WLAN network users one network user group for Internet e mail and VPN allowing Standard connections one network user group for Remote management of systems This would be a direct Standard connection Bridge mode You can have up to 11 network user groups and global IP addresses Necessary steps when managing network users The steps necessary for managing network users include 1 Defining a network user group See Setting up the network user groups on page 6 48 The network user groups determine settings
195. ng the volume To change the volume setting enter the handset menus and do as follows 1 Scroll to Audio Sett and press OK 2 Select H Set Vol and press OK The current volume is heard in the ear piece and the level is displayed 3 Scroll to the desired volume and press OK To switch to Tone dialing To change the dialing mode do as follows 1 Open the handset menu 2 Scroll to Temp Tone and press OK Tone dialing is now active Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 98 127093 E AVIATOR 200 300 350 system ready for use 6 10 AVIATOR 200 300 350 system ready for use Having installed the AVIATOR 200 300 350 system activated the SIM card and configured the system you can verify whether the system is fully operational Check that all LEDs on the SBU front panel are green Green LEDs on SBU Power Logon Fail Pass Figure 6 59 AVIATOR 200 300 350 system LS Line of sight during operation Make sure that there is a line of sight between the Satcom antenna and the satellite in order to logon to and use the satellite service 98 127093 E Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 6 87 AVIATOR 200 300 350 system ready for use 6 88 Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 98 127093 E Chapter 7 Maintenance and troubleshooting 7 1 Continued Airworthiness 7 1 1 General Maintenance The AVIATOR system requires no periodic scheduled servicing tasks D When replacing the TT 5040A SwiftBr
196. nistrator do as follows 1 Select ADMINISTRATION from the left navigation pane 2 Enter the Administration user name and password 6 64 Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 98 127093 E Administration The default user name is admin and the default password is 1234 SIGNAL TU Please enter administrator username and password DASHBOARD ADMINISTRATOR LOGON CONNECT User name PHONE BOOK Password MESSAGES Logon Cancel CALLS SETTINGS ADMINISTRATION HELPDESK Forgot administrator password SITE MAP Figure 6 41 Web interface Administration If you have forgotten the administrator password you can reset the password by clicking the link at the bottom of the page For further information see the next section Resetting the administrator password 3 Click Logon The Administration page is now updated to let you change the user name and password Save load a configuration or log off Administration Resetting the administrator password If you have forgotten and need to reset the administrator password do as follows 1 Contact your supplier for a reset code Please report the serial number and IMEI number of the terminal You can find the serial number and IMEI number in the Dashboard 98 127093 E Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 6 65 Administration 2 Click the link Forgot administrator password at the bottom of the ADMINISTRATOR LOGON page see the previous section SIGNAL HHHH
197. nnas are powered by the SBU Therefore the total power consumption of the SBU depends on which satcom antenna type is connected to the SBU See Table A 1 on page A 2 for the total power consumption of the SBU for the satcom antenna types available Pins for SBU power supply The following list shows the pins used for the SBU power supply SBU pin Name UN 28 V DC Power TP2 GND Power Return BP3 Chassis Ground TP3 SBU nOn Discrete Input Description 28 V DC Power input from Aircraft power bus Aircraft Ground connection Chassis connection connected to installation tray and Aircraft chassis Power On Off for the SBU and units powered by the SBU Table 5 2 Pins for SBU power supply 5 10 Chapter 5 Installation 98 127093 E Electrical installation and wiring Description of SBU power supply 28 V DC Power It is essential to keep the line impedance below the specified limits See Cable requirements SBU power supply on page 5 11 Reverse polarity protection is only guaranteed if the suggested circuit breaker is used A suitable circuit breaker with sufficiently low resistance would be Klixon 2TC series with 7 5 A current rating Chassis Ground BP3 The Chassis connection ensures that the SBU cabinet and the installation tray have the same potential and that there is a connection from the cable shields to the cabinet to comply with EMC requirements Connect the wire directly to the installation tray a
198. nnection depends on the type of equipment refer to the user documentation of the equipment You need the following parameters User name and password The user name and password can be left blank Then the registration on the APN is most commonly done in a way that the data connection will be established with a dynamic IP address from the airtime provider To request a static IP if subscribed to from the APN you must type in the user name and password from your airtime subscription Note for MAC OS User name and password are required Use user name void and password void This works for some ISPs Contact your airtime provider for further information 6 60 Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 98 127093 E Managing LAN WLAN network users For setups that have a check box for Enable LCP extensions deselect this Service name For certain services i e a streaming class you must type in a specified text string when asked for a service name The following table shows the service names and descriptions that are supported by the terminal Service name Description Blank default primary standard IP data connection XBB BACKGROUND default primary standard IP data connection XBB STREAM8K primary streaming IP data connection 8 kbps XBB STREAMI6K primary streaming IP data connection 16 kbps XBB STREAM32K primary streaming IP data connection 32 kbps XBB STREAM64K primary streaming IP data connection 64 kbps XBB STREAMI28K prima
199. nnunciator SPARE Io ol lo O Chassis Figure 4 3 SBU rear receptacle with pin functions 4 4 Chapter 4 Connectors and pin out 98 127093 E TT 5040A SBU Connector functions top plug The top plug of the SBU rear receptacle connects the following signals Power amp RF Interfaces e 28 V DC and GND Power return RF Tx signal to TT 5016A HLD and Modem interface and DC power to HLD RF Rx signal from TT 5016A HLD e Two RF WLAN antenna connectors 2 4 GHz User Interfaces One ISDN 4 wire connection Two analogue 2 wire standard POTS interfaces for Voice Fax Modem secure voice Control amp Maintenance Interfaces Discrete SBU nON input Discrete WLAN Enable input Discrete Chime Lamps Inhibit Input 4 configurable Annunciators 1 Incoming call 2 SBU Failed and 3 Service Available 4 Message received Two ATE Discrete inputs for factory use Do not connect One Discrete Spare UO ISDN 2 Reserved Do not connect e RS 422 Reserved Do not connect 98 127093 E Chapter 4 Connectors and pin out 4 5 TT 5040A SBU Connector functions bottom plug 4 6 The bottom plug of the SBU rear receptacle connects the following signals Power amp RF Interfaces GPS antenna input antenna modem communication antenna DC power output Chassis ground User Interfaces e Six 10 100BaseT Ethernet Aircraft interface
200. not allowed to contain errors and the SDU Error setting in step 9 will not be applied This setting is suitable where error free transmission is important and delays are accepted No detect means that errors will not be detected and the SDU Error setting in step 9 will not be applied 9 If you selected Yes in step 8 select from the SDU error ratio drop down list the fraction of a packet allowed to be lost or erroneous 10 Select from the Residual bit error ratio drop down list the undetected bit error ratio of a packet If no error detection is requested Residual bit error ratio indicates the bit error ratio in the delivered packets 11 In the Transfer delay ms row type in the delay in ms This is the delay from the time data is received in the SBU until it arrives at the receiving end Ifthe Transfer delay is 500 ms error correction is disabled Ifthe Transfer delay is 4000 ms error correction is applied 12 In the Traffic handling priority row select from the drop down list which priority this connection should have 13 Click Apply The new profile is now added and can be selected from the lists of primary and secondary profiles when you set up your interfaces 98 127093 E Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 6 75 Administration 6 7 7 Using traffic flow filters Purpose of the traffic flow filters The purpose of the traffic flow filters is to assign different priorities to different types
201. ntenna SENICE LGA Class 15 IGA Class 7 HGA Class 6 Standard IP Up to 200 kbps Up to 332 kbps Up to 432 kbps background IP streaming 8 16 8 16 32 64 128 kbps 8 16 32 64 128 kbps classes X Stream Circuit switched Yes Yes Yes standard voice ISDN service or No Elevation gt 45 Yes 3 1 kHz audio Table 2 1 SwiftBroadband services for supported antenna types a The elevation needed for services with this antenna type is gt 20 b Data rates are up to 512 kbps Check with your service provider for activation For current support of Inmarsat services check at http www inmarsat com Services Aeronautical SwiftBroadband PBX telephone exchange The built in PBX telephone exchange unit of the SBU connects two direct 2 wire POTS interfaces for faxes auxiliary phones headset interface boxes etc as well as an ISDN interface for ISDN phones fax machines or Secure communication The built in PBX of the SBU can route VoIP calls that are terminated in the SIP server of the SBU Configuration Module CM The Configuration Module CM for the SBU is inserted in the SBU and holds all system and user settings It is designed as a plug in module for the SBU so the SBU can be replaced while retaining all SBU and user settings The SBU CM contains a permanently built in SIM card for access to the SwiftBroadband services Web interface for configuration Use the built in web interface of the SBU to access the SBU configu
202. nterface Settings System Type 6 33 Web interface Settings RF settngs 6 36 Web interface Settings External systems AVIATOR 350 with TT 5006 antenna 6 38 Web interface Settings External systems Magnetometer Calibration 6 40 Webinterface Settings FLEX uu la q Sus aS S Sasha 6 43 Web interface Settings Tracking 6 45 Overview over network user groups and traffic flow filters 6 46 Web interface Settings LAN Network user groups 6 49 Web interface Settings LAN Network user groups Edit 6 50 Web interface Settings LAN Network devices 6 53 Web interface Settings LAN Network classification table nsnsesseneesesseseses0e 6 55 Web interface Settings LAN Network classification table Edit or Add 6 55 Web interface Settings LAN Network classification table change priority 6 56 NAT Network Address Translation 6 57 Web interface Connect to start and stop data seseions 6 58 Example for PPPOE connections sissien setitis rotat inertan 6 59 Web interface Settings LAN PPPOE 6 60 Web interface Settings LAN Static route
203. ny specific STC It is the installer s responsibility to compose installation drawings specific to the aircraft This manual and the drawings and wiring diagrams contained herein may not be used as a substitute for an STC gt To ensure optimal performance from the AVIATOR 200 300 350 system you must maintain strict adherence to the installation considerations found in this chapter 5 1 General installation information 5 1 2 Minimum system components A minimum working AVIATOR system has at least one TT 5040A SBU one TT 5040A 001 CM one TT 5016A HLD one satcom antenna LGA IGA or HGA antenna see also Satcom antenna systems on page 2 4 The CM HLD and some satcom antennas are powered by the SBU The following drawing shows the minimum installation required in the AVIATOR 200 300 350 system Minimum system drawing This drawing is an overview of which units to connect as a minimum LS For information on other satcom antenna types supported and wiring of the individual antenna types refer to the appropriate section of Electrical installation and wiring on page 5 9 and onwards X4 Chassis Ground lt 0 2 dB Ce MHz TT 3002A RF Rx Tx X1 lt Antenna TT 5016A wW3 HLD Modem W2 GPS Antenna es Loss lt 17 dB 1559 MHz Loss lt 17 dB 1661 MHz lt 4 dB 54 MHz DC resistance lt 0 6 Q TP A1 TP A3 GPSin BPA4 DC out RF Tx
204. oadband Unit SBU it is important to leave the TT 5040A 001 Configuration Module behind attached to the airframe with a wire Contact for support AVIATOR system purchased from a Thrane amp Thrane distributor If you need assistance and you have purchased your system from a Thrane amp Thrane distributor contact the distributor s support line AVIATOR system purchased directly from Thrane amp Thrane If you need assistance and you have purchased your system directly from Thrane amp Thrane you can contact Thrane amp Thrane by telephone or send an e mail to the Thrane amp Thrane esupport Telephone numbers Thrane amp Thrane Inc USA Thrane amp Thrane A S Denmark Tel 1 866 SATCOMS or Tel 45 39 55 88 00 1 757 463 9557 Esupport e mail address aerosupport thrane com 98 127093 E JA Continued Airworthiness 7 1 2 Instructions Documentation Maintenance information for the AVIATOR 200 300 350 System is contained in this manual Place the wiring diagram information in this manual in the aircraft operator s appropriate aircraft wiring diagram manuals Inoperative units If a system component is inoperative remove or replace the unit If an inoperative SBU is removed take out the TT 5040A 001 CM and fasten the CM and wiring to the air frame Secure all cables collect applicable switches and circuit breakers and label them inoperative Revise the equipment list and weight and balance as applica
205. of traffic in order to optimize performance Example When you are browsing the Internet a Standard IP connection is normally sufficient However to have a video conference you may need a Streaming IP connection in order to obtain a direct connection without interruptions Your traffic flow filters can define these priorities so that your connection automatically switches to Streaming e g when you have a video conference Note that you have to activate a streaming connection in the web interface 1 type of traffic 1 profile no traffic flow filter needed 332 432 kbps total data rate Standard IP connection 2 types of traffic 2 profiles traffic flow filter needed 332 432 kbps total data Streaming IP rate 2 connection 128 kbps Standard IP connection Figure 6 50 Traffic flow filters to filter traffic types What are traffic flow filters When more than one type of traffic is needed you must use both a primary and one or more secondary profiles A traffic flow filter provides preferred treatment of a data packet The traffic flow filter classifies data packets for the BGAN core network and the SBU received from the external network into the proper profile You can define up to eight traffic flow filters Each packet filter has an evaluation precedence index that is unique within all traffic flow filters associated with the profiles that share the same PDP Packet Data Protocol addres
206. om your airtime provider do as follows 1 From the left navigation pane select ADMINSTRATION gt SIM LOCK 2 Enter the SIM Lock Code 3 Click Apply SIGNAL wun Enter SIM Lock Code DASHBOARD CONNECT Apply _cancel PHONE BOOK MESSAGES CALLS Figure 6 55 Web interface Administration SIM LOCK Setting up user permissions You can manage user access to certain functions of the AVIATOR 200 300 350 system You can allow or deny users that are not administrators access to certain functions and make these pages read only This is useful if you want to protect the system against unintended changes or tampering of the system We recommend to study this screen thoroughly and decide which areas of the AVIATOR 200 300 350 system you want to give non administrator users access to Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 98 127093 E Administration To set up the user permissions do as follows 1 From the left navigation pane select ADMINISTRATION gt User permissions SIGNAL PTT TTT ALLOW USERS TO DASHBOARD Upload software Oves no CONNECT Edit phone book Oves no PHONE BOOK Ch h tti MESSAGES ange phone settings Yes No i CALLS Change LAN settings Yes No SETTINGS Change WLAN settings Oves no ADMINISTRATION Change ISDN settings Oves no Call charges Change IP handset settings Oves Ono Log handling Change discrete I O settings Oves Ono Data limits Change supplementary services Oves no Profiles C
207. on 98 127093 E 5 3 11 98 127093 E Electrical installation and wiring Wiring ICG DECT Cordless Handset 2 wire phone The following drawing shows the wiring of ICG DECT Cordless Handset 2 wire phones e 2 WIRE FAX MODEM POTS 1 _ za 2 4GHz Cordless 12 pint EE TE Handset interface 1 K J 3 Base Unit 2 pin2 TT 5040A SBU 2 4GHz Cordless 2 pint Here E Ce Handset Interface 2 e J2 pind Base Unit G og Figure 5 21 Wiring ICG DECT Cordless Handset handsets One or two ICG DECT Cordless Handset phones can be connected to the 2 wire interfaces of the AVIATOR 200 300 350 system Connect J2 on the base station of the ICG DECT Cordless Handset phone to the rear receptacle of the SBU according to the wiring drawing above The base station is supplied together with the handset and cradle UAA In order for the ICG DECT Cordless Handset phone to work properly it is normally necessary to make a few initial adjustments of the handset For information on how to do this see ICG DECT Cordless Handset setup on page 6 86 For information on the 2 wire interface see Pins for 2 wire interfaces on page 5 35 Chapter 5 Installation 5 37 Electrical installation and wiring 5 3 12 Wiring discretes Discrete annunciators and Chime Lamps Inhibit The following drawing shows the wiring of discrete annunciators and Chime Lamps Inhibit SBU nOn Annunciator 3 Discrete SBU Enable E Annu
208. on page 6 35 and the navigational input see Setting up the navigational input on page 6 37 6 5 11 Configuring RF settings Before you can configure the RF settings you must select the system type You must configure the AVIATOR 200 300 350 installation with the specific cable losses of the installation For AVIATOR 300 and AVIATOR 350 you can also enter heading roll and pitch offset of the satcom antenna of the installation if the antenna for any reason is installed in a position that deviates from the position recommended in the installation instructions i e the position is not aligned with the aircraft To configure the RF settings do as follows 1 Connect to the Maintenance connector on the front panel of the SBU and enter the web interface default http 192 168 0 1 98 127093 E Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 6 35 Setting up the interfaces 2 From the left navigation pane select SETTINGS gt RF settings SIGNAL DASHBOARD CONNECT PHONE BOOK MESSAGES CALLS SETTINGS LAN WLAN Phone Fax ISDN Common IP handsets Discrete I O System Type RF settings External systems RF SETTINGS ANTENNA Heading offset ERR Deg clockwise b Deg right wing down fo Deg nose up Roll offset Pitch offset CABLE LOSS Figure 6 23 Web interface Settings RF settings 3 Below Antenna insert in Heading Offset Deg Clockwise Roll Offset Deg Right Wing Down and Pitch Offset Deg No
209. onal Age The age of the label in mS sampled every 100 mS Value The decoded value of the label Name The name of the label according to ARINC 429 The specific label type BCD BNR DISC can be looked up in the ARINC 429 Specification Status BNR DISC 0 Failure Normal No Data No Data Test Normal Test Failure The underlined status is the operational state for the specific label type Appendix G Using terminal commands G 5 Commands for troubleshooting the SBU G 6 Appendix G Using terminal commands 98 127093 E Appendix H SIP setup for Wifi enabled phones H 1 Introduction The built in PBX of the AVIATOR 200 300 350 can route VoIP calls that are terminated in the SIP server of the SBU If you have a phone with a SIP client and WLAN interface you can connect to the SBU via WLAN and configure the SIP client in your phone to communicate with the SBU After successful configuration you can use your phone to make calls through the AVIATOR 200 300 350 system There are two tasks you have to do Connecting to the WLAN interface Setting up a SIP profile H 1 1 Connecting to the WLAN interface To connect to the WLAN interface of the SBU do as follows 1 Refer to the user documentation of your phone for instructions how to connect to a wireless access point 2 You can see the name of the wireless network in the web interface at SETTINGS gt
210. onal Mobile Subscriber Identity Internet Protocol Internet Protocol used for communicating data across a packet switched internetwork Inertial Reference System Integrated Services Digital Network Internet Service Provider International Telecommunication Union Local Area Network Light Emitting Diode Low Gain Antenna Line Replaceable Unit A separate unit or module which can easily be replaced Examples are the SDU and the HPA Modification Multiple Subscriber Numbering In most pieces of ISDN equipment you can program multiple subscriber numbers The number programmed into the equipment should be the dial in number that you wish that piece of equipment to answer Network Address Translation An Internet standard that enables a local area network to use one set of IP addresses for internal traffic and a second set of addresses for external traffic A NAT module makes all necessary address translations No Connect Power on control signal active low Glossary 3 Glossary NT PAST PBX PC PDF PDP POST POTS QoS RMA RTCA S SATCOM SB SBU SDU SIM Glossary 4 Network Termination A device connecting the customer s data or telephone equipment to the local ISDN exchange carrier s line It provides a connection for terminal equipment TE and terminal adaptor TA equipment to the local loop Person Activated Self Test Private Branch Exchange telephone exchange that serves a particular b
211. ons 2 7 circuit breaker 5 11 Class 15 services 2 3 Class 6 services 2 3 Class 7 services 2 3 clearing logs 6 71 clearing usage counter 6 71 closed user group 6 29 CM DO 160 form B 4 Environmental Qualification Form B 4 Coax 5 9 common network settings 6 24 compliance 2 1 configuration cable losses 6 36 discrete I O 6 32 exporting to file 6 67 importing from file 6 68 input of navigational systems 6 37 ISDN 6 22 LAN 6 15 phone systems 6 85 phone fax 6 20 step by step 6 3 web interface 6 1 WLAN 6 18 configuration data enter 2 4 6 2 Configuration Module 2 3 configuration of SBU backup 6 67 connection standard data 6 10 start or stop 6 10 98 127093 E connectors 4 1 2 Wire Cradle 4 11 antenna 4 9 ARINC 404 4 1 Configuration Module 4 1 HLD 4 9 Maintenance front 4 1 mating in aircraft 4 12 part number 2 7 SBU front 4 1 SBU rear receptacle 4 3 contact address ii contact information 7 3 Continued Airworthiness 7 1 cooling requirements 5 3 counter reset 6 71 Country selecting for WLAN 6 20 country code WLAN default D 1 WLAN US D 2 D dashboard 6 8 data profiles 6 72 traffic flow filters 6 76 data limits 6 72 data sessions cost 6 69 viewing ongoing 6 9 default button 7 10 default netmask 7 11 defect units 7 2 DHCP 6 15 diagnostic report 7 3 7 14 dimensions HLD A 3 A 4 A 5 SBU A 2 direct dial local phone 6 31
212. ons is typically done at the factory The following options are currently available 405040A 002 Built In Router Option 405040A 003 Built In Wireless Option You can also buy the options at later stage and open up for these options by entering a FLEX key sequence for the specific built in option To enable a system option 98 127093 E To enable a built in option do as follows 1 Connect to the Maintenance connector on the front panel of the SBU and enter the web interface default http 192 168 0 1 2 From the left navigation pane select SETTINGS gt FLEX SIGNAL TT TT DASHBOARD FLEX CONNECT FLEX key H IL PHONE BOOK Apply Cancel MESSAGES FLEX FEATURES CALLS 405040A 002 Built in router option Enabled SETTINGS 405040A 003 Built in wireless option Enabled LAN View details WLAN Phone Fax ISDN Common IP handsets Discrete L System Type RF settings External systems FLEX Figure 6 26 Web interface Settings FLEX 3 Have the FLEX key ready and enter it into the insert fields h Click Apply to enable the new option You can click View details to display all options and their status enabled or disabled Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 6 43 Setting up the interfaces To disable the WLAN interface To disable the built in WLAN interface do as follows Disable the WLAN interface using the TP5 WLAN Enable discrete input Read more about this in Pins for non configurabl
213. or messages after a POST or PAST for the SBU can be found in the event list of the SBU see Viewing the Event list Event log and extended status on page 7 12 Means of signalling The AVIATOR 200 300 350 system provides various methods for signalling the status of the system LEDs on the front panel of the SBU are used to signal Power on off Logon Fail Pass The built in web interface of the SBU shows any BITE error codes with a short message describing each error Push to Test button on SBU The SBU has a hardware reset test button placed on the front panel for BITE purposes Use the button on the SBU to activate a self test PAST 7 8 Chapter 7 Maintenance and troubleshooting 98 127093 E Troubleshooting 7 4 2 Status signalling with LEDs LEDs on SBU During the power up procedure all LEDs on the front plate are orange If all 3 LEDs on the front stay orange after power up the software is corrupted Power LED The function of the Power LED on the SBU is Behavior Description Green Power OK Orange During upstart procedure off No power Table 7 1 Function of the SBU Power LED Logon LED The function of the Logon LED on the SBU is as follows Behavior Description Red Acquiring satellite network Orange Network synchronization Green Network logon off No acquired satellite logged off Table 7 2 Function of the SBU Logon LED Fail
214. ork user group Manual start of a data connection Standard data or Streaming see Start or stop a standard data connection on page 6 10 Remote start of a data connection with an SMS see Remote activation of a connection using SMS on page 6 83 To set up the SBU for remote management do as follows 1 From the left navigation pane select ADMINISTRATION gt Remote management SIGNAL TI DASHBOARD REMOTE MANAGEMENT CONNECT Web server PHONE BOOK Remote access OEnabled Disabled MESSAGES Incoming port Jg _ CALLS AT commands SETTINGS Remote access Enabled Disabled ADMINISTRATION Incoming port 5454 Call charges TRUSTED IP ADDRESSES Log handling IP address b fo le fo Data limits IP address b Jb E p Profiles IP address b le le fo Traffic flow filters IP address EE E E SE IP address b fo E E SIM Lock Apply Cancel User permissions Remote management Figure 6 57 Web interface Administration Remote management 2 Select whether remote access using a web server should be Enabled or Disabled and enter the Incoming port number 3 Select whether AT commands should be Enabled or Disabled and enter the Incoming port number 4 Under TRUSTED IP ADDRESSES type in the IP addresses of the devices you want to give access to the SBU 5 Click Apply to save the new settings Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 98 127093 E 6 7 11 6 7 12 98 127093 E Administration You can now access the SB
215. ossible Do not bend the cables to a radius smaller than the minimum bend radius stated for the cables For further information on cables see Wiring the satcom antenna on page 5 12 and Recommended cables on page 5 43 98 127093 E Chapter 5 Installation Be Mounting considerations 5 2 5 TT 5040A 004 WLAN antennas The recommended WLAN antenna to use with the AVIATOR 200 300 350 system is the TT5040A 004 Wireless Antenna The WLAN antenna is PMA approved by VT Miltope P N 901167 2 You may also use other WLAN antennas approved for aeronautical use D Thrane amp Thrane recommends to use 2 WLAN antennas to get optimum performance onboard 1 Mount the WLAN antennas in the aircraft cabin Install the 2 WLAN antennas in the same plane surface 2 Install the two WLAN antennas with a distance of minimum 12 5 cm 5 inches between the two antennas 3 For optimum performance mount the two antennas at an angle of 90 to each other WLAN antenna Minimum distance 12 5 cm 5 inches e WLAN antenna e S D Figure 5 2 Mounting two WLAN antennas for optimum performance Make sure the cable loss requirements are met for further details see in the section Wiring WLAN antenna interface on page 5 29 5 8 Chapter 5 Installation 98 127093 E Electrical installation and wiring 53 Electrical installation and wiring 5 3 1 Wiring symbols Throughout the wiring section these common symbols are used Coax Shield Ground
216. oth directions Connect it to the SBU and HLD to provide the best fit in the current installation 98 127093 E Appendix F TT 5019A Iridium Band Reject Filter F 3 Configuration F4 Configuration No configuration is necessary for the TT 5019A Iridium Band Reject Filter F5 Specifications Characteristics Specification Dimensions L x W x H 293 12 mm x 71 37 mm x 66 04 mm 11 54 x 2 81 x 2 6 Weight 5 lbs 0 5 lbs 2 28 kg 0 23 kg Mounting holes 4 x 5 mm 0 2 diameter Insertion loss lt 0 1 dB at 1627 15 1660 5 MHz Operating Temperature 25 C to 70 C Storage Temperature 55 C to 85 C Altitude 55000 ft Environmental Categories Refer to Environmental Qualification form inDO 160 specifications on page F 5 Table F 1 Equipment specifications for TT 5019A Iridium Band Reject Filter F 4 Appendix F TT 5019A Iridium Band Reject Filter 98 127093 E F6 DO 160 specifications T amp T Part Number 405019A DO 160 specifications DO 160E string A1 F1 X BAB SCLM EXXXXXZXXXXXXXXXAX Conditions Temperature and Altitude Low Temperature High Temperature In Flight Loss of Cooling In Flight Loss of Cooling Altitude Decompression Overpressure Temperature Variation Humidity Operational Shocks and Crash Safety Vibration Explosion Proofness Waterproofness Fluids Susceptibility Sand and Dust Fungus Resistance Salt Spray DO 160E 4 0 4 5 1 amp 4 5 2
217. ottom plug see Table 4 3 on page 4 8 NPI NPI Navigation Position Information a Thrane abbreviation is similar to IRS but there is no requirement for attitude information The navigation data can be obtained from other sources than an IRS Note that the navigation data must be coded exactly as for IRS For detailed information see Table 5 11 on page 5 22 GNSS can be used together with the TT 3002A low gain antenna Since this antenna does not have any antenna steering mechanisms that must be controlled the GNSS can provide all necessary navigational data GNSS is compliant with ARINC 743A 14 For detailed information see Table 5 12 on page 5 23 Satcom antenna types supported For a list of satcom antenna types supported in the AVIATOR 200 300 350 system see Satcom antenna systems on page 2 4 An AVIATOR 200 300 350 system must only be used with satcom antennas that have received type approval by Inmarsat Contact your Thrane amp Thrane sales representative or see http www thrane com Aero Products ApprovedSatcomAntennas aspx for a list of satcom antennas that have received Inmarsat type approval 98 127093 E Chapter 5 Installation 5 5 Mounting considerations General mounting considerations Refer to the satcom antenna manual for instructions and details on mounting the antenna Make sure all requirements in the antenna mounting instructions are met Place the antenna with unobstructed view to the satellite
218. output FP7 Not Used FP8 Not Used Table 4 1 Pin out for SBU Maintenance connector standard Ethernet Chapter 4 Connectors and pin out 98 127093 E TT 5040A SBU 4 1 3 SBU rear receptacle Connector drawing The following drawing shows the SBU rear receptacle and mating plug SBU Rear Receptacle Mating Plug in Tray View Engaging end lt Top Plug TP Insert Index Pin Code 19 1 4 4 Light areas are key holes lt Bottom Plug BP Insert Quadrax Ethernet Insert in A1 and A3 Quadrax Ethernet Insert in Figure 4 2 SBU rear receptacle engaging end Index code 19 98 127093 E Chapter 4 Connectors and pin out 4 3 TT 5040A SBU Connector drawing with functions The following drawing shows the SBU rear receptacle with pin functions For wiring details of this interface see Electrical installation and wiring on page 5 9 SBU Notused SBUnON GND 28V O LI OF WLAN 7 EnableO 5 Lamps 2 pate 1 13 inhib O SBUQ 8 No connect Enable Tei 18 O 14 ISDN 2 Reserved Spare UO Re In In Out Out A4 240 O AO BO AO BOf19 ISDN 1 RS 422 SBU Control WLAN eer ST RT 2 290 o C O Olas Annunciators ISDN 1 we we Ethernet ORO Rx A
219. ovider For step by step instructions how to enter the APN see Setting the common interface settings on page 6 24 98 127093 E Chapter 5 Installation 5 47 Activation of airtime services Making calls and using the Internet For information on how to make a call to and from the system or go on the Internet etc see the User Manual part number 98 127719 Service providers You find a list of Service providers on Inmarsat s web site Services How to buy Aeronautical service providers http www inmarsat com Services Aeronautical How_to_buy Service_providers aspx To retrieve the SIM card ID IMSI With the system you receive the IMSI number of the SIM card that is installed in the Configuration Module of your AVIATOR system aD The SIM card is permanently installed in the CM of the SBU Do not take out and replace the SIM card You can read out the IMSI number from the web interface that is used to configure and control the AVIATOR system It is listed on the page Dashboard You can also retrieve the IMSI number in the diagnostic report that the system can generate For instructions how to access the web interface see Tool for setup and use The built in web interface on page 6 2 For instructions how to generate a diagnostic report see under Initial troubleshooting on page 7 13 gt The IMSI number is also printed on the part number label of the CM 5 48 Chapter 5 Installation 98 127093 E Configuring
220. ower from the SBU The following figure shows the wiring of the GPS interface when using a power splitter You can use the power splitter shown in TT 5038A 003 Rx Power Splitter on page 3 4 GPS Antenna antenna Power Splitter 3 5 dB 1 6 GHZ Other Aircraft Installation BP A4 GPS in TT 5040A SBU Figure 5 12 Wiring GPS Interface with Power Splitter PIN for input from the GPS antenna SBU pin Name description BP A4 GPS antenna input coax modem DC out Table 5 13 SBU pins for input from GPS antenna 5 24 Chapter 5 Installation 98 127093 E Electrical installation and wiring Description of the GPS interface The GPS interface can be used to interface with either a GPS antenna or satcom antenna When interfacing to a satcom antenna the cable is called W4 and the max cable loss must fulfill the requirements in Table 5 6 on page 5 19 AVIATOR 200 and Table 5 7 on page 5 20 AVIATOR 300 and AVIATOR 350 The GPS interface has 3 functionalities Reception of the GPS RF signal Supply DC power to the GPS antenna or satcom antenna e Coax modem communication with the satcom antenna 98 127093 E Chapter 5 Installation 5 25 Electrical installation and wiring 5 3 6 Overview 5 26 Wiring Ethernet The SBU has six 10 100BaseT Ethernet interfaces plus the interface on the front of the SBU described in Wiring the Maintenance interface on page 5 41 The fol
221. owing list shows the pins used for the WLAN antenna interface on the SBU SBU pin Name description TPA2 WLAN antenna 1 coax TPA4L WLAN antenna 2 coax TP5 WLAN Enable Discrete Input active low Table 5 15 SBU pins for WLAN antenna 1 and 2 98 127093 E Chapter 5 Installation 5 29 Electrical installation and wiring Description of WLAN interface The WLAN interface on the SBU supports operation according to the IEEE 802 11b and 802 11g standards The WLAN 2 4GHz frequency band is divided into 14 channels Not all countries allow full use of all channels Also some countries do not allow operation according to the 802 11g standard Therefore the WLAN interface must be set up to the right country code For further information see WLAN country codes on page D 1 The maximum EIRP output level for WLAN 802 11b and 802 11g is 100 mW for indoors use To prevent the EIRP output power from exceeding this limit the maximum antenna gain must not exceed the cable loss between the antenna and the SBU RF cable requirements for WLAN To achieve optimal performance for the WLAN system select a cable type with a minimal cable loss when cabling the TT5040A 004 WLAN antenna For a table with cable types and cable losses see Recommended RF cables on page 5 45 Cable Min cable Max cable loss 2 4 GHz loss 2 4 GHz From TP A2 to TT5040A 004 WLAN antenna 0OdB 5 dB and TP A4 to TT5040A 004 WLAN antenna Table
222. oys ayy uo Kay out Win ZH OSIM MOL JOA OYE UBILY A99 S dwis gt oy aBowop of pou vayo aq ysnw aso uonneo ajnssay dwis gt Y JO sapynoys Y YpIM oni SPUpJIS P 9 uS oui Wis PUD 9 nJJ9 du j3 out JIAO ng PJ IYS aut PIO4 9n99 S UO11U9191 DY PUO nJJ9J dulJ5 oul UaMPaq plo us IY SosOAIydD gt puD Sdoys Ui jun pyalys a qo gt ayy JapuN PIOMIOJ 0JJ9 dwis gt Y pilS WER X1 y 1102989129 N3389 Cl 110912 030 eH AIM ONIX30NI 1102812 3018 SGNVULS G 131HS 2 1102812 MO113A 3JA331S NOIlIN3138 3108834 dWIY3 NOISIAJY 153197 103 1 13305 OL 83399 GEIER SNOLSIARY Waowdav Siva X1 X8 et 01 P ALIAYD ALIA 1102912 MO113A ALIAVO JYIM N3389 1390S 318V2 40 V aun9ol4 ONJ ONIOVONA UMOYS SO S4o sS jO1Jdojddo ul 4304U0 gt a20 g uonneo snbij u p lpujsnji SD A9 9 S U011U919J 1201u02 Y JO SHOPS ay u Si2DIuo5 INOJ ayy 5p d L 291 N3349 auim 3n1g E 3unold 291 M01134 JA331S NOTLN3L3Y Buidwisd J91JO0 D n UlYEIM aq snw sdi 4204009 JNOJ ID osig SPUOIFS JIM Y YDIU OF Lou pup UO 4DI NSU JIW ai eHOWDP o jou Uayo aq Ion jo2 uonne9 S JIW Bululpwas Joy yoaday EC UOIpISOd JO p5o GOLM Sl 9 uoq PUD 00 10 Z OZGZZW up YIM dob ou BulAbo 420 U0 gt Jazua gt p dWis gt pub JJIM D uo uUoljo nsu ayy diJiS E Z 92nb1j ul UM
223. p 6 18 low pass filter 5 29 maximum cable length 5 45 RF cable requirements 5 30 setup 6 18 WLAN antenna mounting 5 8 recommended type 5 8 specifications A 5 wiring 5 29 WLAN Enable 5 40 Index 9 Index Index 10 98 127093 E
224. put is wired correctly for WLAN enable Read more about this in Pins for non configurable discrete inputs on the SBU on page 5 39 and WLAN pins on page 5 29 2 In the web interface on the page SETTINGS gt WLAN select the status Enabled For systems without the built in Wireless option WLAN the submenu will still be available in the web interface and the screen will show that the WLAN option is not enabled To enable the WLAN option enter the FLEX key for this option in the submenu Settings gt FLEX The WLAN interface functions properly if both of the above conditions are fulfilled 6 18 Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 98 127093 E Setting up the interfaces Configuring the WLAN interface 98 127093 E To configure the WLAN interface do as follows 1 Select SETTINGS gt WLAN SIGNAL HMHHHHHI DASHBOARD WLAN CONNECT Status enabled Obisabled PHONE BOOK Broadcast SSID Enabled Opisabled MESSAGES SSID JAviaToRsso CALLS ZS E Country Hong Kong SETTINGS Canada Australia E LAN z Select channel automatically Enabled Opisabled WLAN Phone Fax Channel ISDN Common Security IP handsets Discrete L Encryption key System Type 3 P MAC address filter Oenabled Disabled RF settings Allowed MAC addresses FmsmamamanmG smamamamumaj EES SE Poroorooro0100100 oorooroorooroor00 Eeaeaeaeaese FLEX Tracking Upload keag Figure 6 12 Web interface Settings WLAN Example AVIATOR 350 2 You can
225. quired Electrostatic Discharge ESD 25 0 A Operation installation and repair in an aerospace environment Fire Flammability 26 0 X Equipment is tested according to FAR 25 Airworthiness Standards Transport Category Airplanes Paragraph 25 853 a and Appendix F Part I a 1 ii and Paragraph 25 869 a 4 and Appendix F Part I a 3 Table B 1 Environmental Qualification Form for SBU Continued 98 127093 E Appendix B DO 160 specifications B 3 AVIATOR 200 300 350 system components B 2 2 Configuration Module CM for SBU T amp T Part Number 405040A 001 DO 160E string Please refer to the section SwiftBroadband unit SBU on page B 2 as the Configuration Module is an integral part of the SBU during normal operation and tests However the section 25 Category A test is performed on the Configuration Module as an individual LRU B 2 3 High Power Amplifier Low Noise Amplifier Diplexer HLD T amp T Part Number 405016A DO 160E string A2 F2 X BBBISCL E Y W XXFXZXXX ZC RR M A3 33 XXAX Conditions DO 160E Cat Comments Temperature and Altitude 4 0 A2 F2 Installation in non temperature controlled locations and inside or outside pressurized locations Low Temperature 4 5 1 amp 4 5 2 Min operational temperature is 55 C Short time operating low is 55 C High Temperature 4 5 3 amp 4 5 4 Max operating high temperature 70 C Short time operating high 70 C In Flight Loss of Cooling 4
226. rams The following figure shows most of the possible user interfaces TT 5040A SBU ISDN 1 1 6 ISDN phone PC Router Ethernet Video phone Discrete Outputs Annunciators WLAN 2 wire 1 2 RJ 11 2 W Cradle 2 W Handset G3 Fax Figure 2 6 AVIATOR 200 300 350 interfaces Chapter 2 Introduction to the AVIATOR system IP Equipment a IP device Wireless IP 1 2 NN 32 devices 98 127093 E Equipment drawings 3 1 Introduction The following pages show copies of outline drawings of important system units relevant for an installation The drawings in this manual are for reference only If you have access to Thrane amp Thrane s Extranet you can get copies of the outline drawings at http extranet thrane com You can download the drawings as PDF files 98 127093 E Sch TT 5040A SBU TT 5040A SBU 3 2 v suezxuL 29 ue3zur z 1 E r DEI LE NOI 1323 03 96Z7Zl 7611 W FERI fa i Me NaS VO70S LL wale Ware meer zech ONIMVSC ANITLNO T lee nugedeg u 5ouuado2 Bu j su15u3 suo lD2lunuuo29l lL S310N 33S mation MLV LYOHS 971 707 NI HLIM S3INVGYOD2V NI 3uv S33NVM3101 ONY SNOISN3HIO EIDEL TECH 64 3003 x30N 400 100 922 N d 12V1N02 1300S XVYOVNO NID STEVAOWSY UVEY S IZIS BTV ZYL DY YO 00 2402 67Z N d 1JVLNOJ 13X30S XVOJ AED STEVAOWSY AVIY
227. ration settings are stored in a write protected area of the CM This subset contains the physical settings for the antenna cabling and other external input UD To setup or change the settings of the write protected area you must connect a PC to the connector marked Maintenance on the SBU front plate You can view all settings from any LAN or WLAN interface The CM also contains the SIM card for accessing the SwiftBroadband service The settings that can only be changed when connected to the SBU maintenance connector are Discrete I O settings e System type Cable loss data in Settings RF settings Input from navigational systems in Settings External systems Enabling options Router WLAN in Settings Flex For information on daily use of the AVIATOR 200 300 350 system refer to the AVIATOR 200 300 350 User Manual No installation of software is necessary because the web interface is built into the SBU Browsers supported 6 2 The web interface is built into the terminal and is used for operating setting up and configuring the system You can access the web interface from a computer with a standard Internet browser Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 98 127093 E 6 2 1 6 2 2 98 127093 E Tool for setup and use The built in web interface Topics in the web interface The following drawing shows the topics available in the web interface The topics in grey are mainly used during daily use of the
228. ration settings in the CM A subset of the configuration settings are stored in a write protected area of the CM This subset contains the physical settings for the antenna cabling and other external input 98 127093 E Chapter 2 Introduction to the AVIATOR system 2 3 General description To setup or change the settings of the write protected area you must connect a PC to the connector marked Maintenance on the SBU front plate You can view all settings from any LAN or WLAN interface For further information on the web interface see Configuration tasks on page 6 1 Satcom antenna systems The AVIATOR system can be used with a wide range of satcom antennas The following table shows the antennas that are compatible with the AVIATOR 200 300 350 Antenna type AVIATOR 200 AVIATOR 300 AVIATOR 350 Low gain LGA X Intermediate gain IGA X x High gain HGA X Table 2 2 Satcom antenna types for the AVIATOR 200 300 350 system a For backwards compatibility with previous Aero SB Lite systems the AVIATOR 350 can also be used with an IGA then the system is an AVIATOR 300 You can choose between the following antenna models TT 3002A LGA TT 5006A IGA e HGA 6000 HGA 6500 HGA 7000 AMT 50 HGA Contact your Thrane amp Thrane sales representative or see http www thrane com Aero Products ApprovedSatcomAntennas aspx for a list of satcom antennas that have received Inmarsat type approval
229. re are three connectors on the SBU e SBU Maintenance connector front Interface to PC for configuration and maintenance purposes A 10 100BaseT Ethernet connector with two LED indicators RJ45 female SBU rear receptacle top plug and bottom plug Interface to Aircraft and satcom interconnections An ARINC 404 Shell Size 2 Receptacle Connector for CM rear inside connector Internal connector used only as interface to the CM A female 9 pin Sub D Connector 4 1 2 SBU Maintenance connector Connector drawing Yellow LED Activity Green LED Link Figure 4 1 SBU Maintenance connector face view of engaging end 98 127093 E 4 1 TT 5040A SBU Connector functions The front Maintenance interface is 10 100BaseT Ethernet IEEE802 3 Use this interface for the following purposes e AVIATOR 200 300 350 system configuration Maintenance System software upgrade OAA For systems without the Built in Router option enabled i e the basic version or the version with Wireless option To use the SBU Maintenance connector disconnect or switch off any PC connected to another LAN interface of the SBU Use a standard straight network cable For instructions how to configure the AVIATOR 200 300 350 system see Configuration tasks on page 6 1 Pin out for SBU Maintenance connector 4 2 Pin no Pin Name FP1 TxD input FP2 TxD input FP3 RxD output FP4 Not Used FP5 Not Used FP6 RxD
230. ress on the external network select this option either here or in the Common setting Network assigned The APN is assigned from the network User defined Type in the APN APNs are provided from the Airtime Provider Use this option if there is no automatic provisioning for a static IP address from the service provider 9 If your APN uses a password type in the user name and password provided from the Airtime Provider DZ If you are going to use the static IP address from your SIM card the user name and password are mandatory See the documentation for the airtime subscription from the service provider See step 6 above 10 At Automatic activation select whether the profile selected in the next step should be activated automatically or manually E gt If the selected primary profile is a Streaming profile this setting has no effect Streaming profiles must always be activated manually from the Dashboard Disabled means you can activate deactivate the profile from the Dashboard Enabled means the profile is activated automatically 11 Select the Primary profile 98 127093 E Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 6 51 Managing LAN WLAN network users 12 13 Select a profile from the Primary scroll list This profile is used by this network user group as a first choice when possible There are several predefined profiles Standard Streaming 8 Streaming 16 Streaming 32 Streaming 64 and Str
231. rface Settings Phone Fax 2 For each Phone Fax port set the call type for incoming and outgoing calls LS To identify Port 1 and Port 2 see the drawings of your specific installation Mark the connectors in the air cabin accordingly The call types are described in more detail in the AVIATOR 200 300 350 User Manual in the chapter Using a phone of fax machine For Incoming calls you can check Standard or 3 1 kHz Audio or both If you check both any device connected to the Phone Fax interface will react ring on incoming calls If you select only Standard the Phone Fax interface will only react on calls made to the Standard phone number and not on calls to the 3 1 kHz Audio number For Outgoing calls you can select either Standard or 3 1 kHz Audio The selected type will be used by default if possible for any outgoing call Note however that fax machines and modems must use 3 1 kHz Audio M You can override the default setting for outgoing calls by dialing 1 force the call to Standard or 2 force the call to 3 1 kHz Audio before the number For further information see the AVIATOR 200 300 350 User Manual 3 Click Apply Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 6 21 Setting up the interfaces 6 5 6 Configuring the ISDN interface Note 2 The AVIATOR 200 does not support ISDN services To configure the ISDN interface do as follows 1 Select SETTINGS gt ISDN SIGNAL HMHHHHHI DASHBOARD PORT 1
232. rical installation and wiring F 3 E Configuration E F 4 F 5 Specifications E F 4 F 6 DO 160 specifications F 5 xii 98 127093 E Table of contents Appendix G Using terminal commands G1 Getting started G 1 G 1 1 Connecting to the SBU G 1 G 2 Commands for troubleshooting the SBU G 2 G 2 1 Monitoring the ARINC interfaces on the SBU G 2 G 2 2 Description of the status report G 3 Appendix H SIP setup for Wifi enabled phones H1 Introduction EE H 1 H 1 1 Connecting to the WLAN interface H 1 H 1 2 Setting up a SIP profile H 1 Glossary ee Glossary 1 Ind x ett ier yaa eee eet a cette Index 1 98 127093 E xiii Table of contents xiv 98 127093 E Figure 2 1 Figure 2 2 Figure 2 3 Figure 2 4 Figure 2 5 Figure 2 6 Figure 3 1 Figure 3 2 Figure 3 3 Figure 3 4 Figure 3 5 Figure 3 6 Figure 3 7 Figure 3 8 Figure 3 9 Figure 3 10 Figure 3 11 Figure 3 12 Figure 3 13 Figure 3 14 Figure 4 1 Fig
233. ription Await Label_ At least one mandatory label has never showed up on the interface Lost Label A label previously received is now missing on the interface Unreliable May be used in the future for selecting between two channels where one of them is more degraded than the other Degraded One or more of the labels is degraded Evaluation All mandatory labels are operational and has to be stable for a period of time before they can be qualified Qualified All mandatory labels are operational and this port can now be forwarded Appendix G Using terminal commands 98 127093 E RECEIVER 98 127093 E Commands for troubleshooting the SBU Source Source Description Forwarding This ARINC receiver is forwarding valid navigational date to the SBU Forwarding means that the data on the interface is used by the system Standby This ARINC receiver is on standby and not forwarding data to the SBU Standby means that the data on the interface are not used by the system forwarding Periods The number of periods the interface has being forwarding data to the system The header line for the table Header Description Label The label number in octal number system Status Take status of the label word according to bit 30 and 31 Sign Status Matrix See table directly below Error The number of 100mS interval the label has not been operational Active The number of 100mS interval the label has been operati
234. rnational Maritime Satellite Organization IMSO and is licensed by IMSO to Inmarsat Limited and Inmarsat Ventures plc Inmarsat s product names are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Inmarsat Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries Other product and company names mentioned in this manual may be trademarks or trade names of their respective owners Company web site www thrane com ii 98 127093 E Disposal substances hazardous to human beings and the environment Never dispose these items together with unsorted municipal waste household waste In order to protect the environment and ensure the correct recycling of old equipment as well as the re utilization of individual components use either public collection or private collection by the local distributor of old electrical and electronic equipment marked with this symbol Old electrical and electronic equipment marked with this symbol can contain x Contact the local distributor for information about what type of return system to use Record of revisions Rev Description Release Date Initials A Original document 12 March 2008 cc B General update to version B 25 September UFO 2008 C Configuration of interfaces and network management added 28 November UFO Specifications and DO 160 string of the HLD updated Editorials 2008 D Page iii Disposal added 7 M
235. rror may be resolved over the phone If the unit has to be returned for repair request an RMA number or make agreement with the partner on how to proceed Request replacement loan unit if required Pack the equipment or parts to be returned in approved shipping containers Write the RMA number on the outside of all shipping containers and ship to the following address Thrane amp Thrane A S Porsvej 2 DK 9200 Aalborg SV Denmark RMA procedure for a Thrane amp Thrane partner In case you want loaner or replacement item s shipped in advance i e before Thrane amp Thrane have received the defective item please follow this procedure 1 2 7 16 Have the following information ready before contacting Thrane amp Thrane or filling in the eSupport PIA ticket see your Partner manual for details on eSupport T amp T Model number example TT 5624B AVIATOR Wireless Handset Serial number example 00443322 e A thorough description of the fault Aircraft serial number and or tail number Contact Thrane amp Thrane GTAC support team see your Partner manual or Extranet for details Chapter 7 Maintenance and troubleshooting 98 127093 E Returning units for repair 3 Describe the fault as thoroughly as possible In some cases the error may be resolved over the phone h If the unit has to be returned for repair make the eReport registration and issue the eReport RMA documents see your Part
236. rt or stop 3 Click Refresh to update the current state of the connection s Note that there might be some latency when updating the connection status you might have to wait and click Refresh again to update the Dashboard to the current state gt The PDP context for the data session is not activated before any unit in the LAN tries to communicate e g sends a DHCP request 6 58 Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 98 127093 E Managing LAN WLAN network users 6 6 7 Establishing a PPPoE connection Overview You can establish a Point to Point over Ethernet PPPoE connection to the BGAN network using the AVIATOR system Use this connection type if you want to control start and stop of the connection independently from the built in web interface of the SBU Possible applications for this type of connection are as follows Connecting a router Connecting broadcast equipment optionally through a PC Establishing a Picocell for the use of cell phones Note Without the built in Router option the AVIATOR 200 300 350 system is limited to one PPPoE connection The following drawing shows how the PPPoE connection and the built in web interface handle connections to the SwiftBroadband network Assigning connection Applications Handling connection PDP context to SwiftBroadband go out for PPPoE to the BGAN terminal on the SwiftBroadband nework amp gt net
237. ry streaming IP data connection 128 kbps XBB X STREAM primary streaming IP data connection up to 512 kbps Table 6 7 PPPoE connection service names and descriptions a For SwiftBroadband the part of the service name XBB can be replaced by SBB PPPoE setup with a non default APN You can setup a network connection using PPPoE for another APN than the default APN Check the documentation from the Service provider for the new APN name Enter the following commands in the field Service name when setting up the network connection Service name for custom APN Description XBB AT CGDCONT 1 ip lt APN name gt CGEQREQ 1 3 Standard IP data connection XBB AT CGDCONT L ip lt APN name gt Streaming IP data connection CGEQREQ 1 1 8 8 8 8 2 0 0E0 0E0 3 0 0 8 kbps XBB AT CGDCONT 1L ip lt APN name gt Streaming IP data connection CGEQREQ 1 1 16 16 16 16 2 0 0E0 0E0 3 0 0 16 kbps XBB AT CGDCONT 1Lip lt APN name gt Streaming IP data connection CGEQREQ 1 1 32 32 32 32 2 0 0E0 0E0 3 0 0 32 kbps XBB AT CGDCONT 1L ip lt APN name gt Streaming IP data connection CGEQREQ 1 1 64 64 64 64 2 0 0E0 0E0 3 0 0 64 kbps Table 6 8 PPPoE connection service names and descriptions for custom APN 98 127093 E Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 6 61 Managing LAN WLAN network users Service name for custom APN XBB AT CGDCONT 1 ip
238. s Two high or low speed ARINC 429 navigational input One high or low speed ARINC 429 BSU output One high or low speed ARINC 429 BSU input Control amp Maintenance Interfaces Two Discrete Spare I O 1 Discrete Output Message received Chapter 4 Connectors and pin out 98 127093 E Pin out for SBU rear receptacle top plug TT 5040A SBU Pin TP15 TP16 TP17 TP18 TP19 TP20 TP21 TP22 TP23 TP24 TP25 TP26 TP27 TP28 TP29 Function ISDN 2 Tx c output TE Do not connect ISDN 2 Rx d input TE Do not connect ISDN 2 Rx e input TE Do not connect ISDN 2 Tx f output TE Do not connect Output B RS 422 Do not connect Output A RS 422 Do not connect Input B RS 422 Do not connect Input A RS 422 Do not connect ISDN 1 Rx c input NT ISDN 1 Tx d output NT ISDN 1 Tx e output NT ISDN 1 Rx f input NT Annunciator 3 Discrete I O Service available Annunciator 1 Discrete I O Incoming call Annunciator 2 Discrete I O SBU fail Table 4 2 Pin out for SBU rear receptacle top plug Pin Function TP A1 RF TX output to TT 5016A HLD DC output and modem interface TP A2 WLAN antenna 1 coax TPA3 RF RX input from TT 5016A HLD TP A4 WLAN antenna 2 coax TP1 SBU 28 V DC Power TP2 SBU GND Power Return TP3 SBU nON Discrete Input TP4 Not used TP5 WLAN Enable Discrete Input TP6 2 Wire Voice
239. s The evaluation precedence index determines the order in which the filters are applied 0 is applied first then 1 and so forth Information of source destination type of service etc is combined in each packet filter in the list Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 98 127093 E Administration Defining traffic flow filters To define the traffic flow filters do as follows 1 From the left navigation pane select ADMINISTRATION gt Traffic flow filters The example below shows one traffic flow Thrane amp Thrane SIGNAL DNI val Dest Source Type to DASHBOARD Prec Profile Source Address Subnet Mask Prot No Port Port s Oe Index Range Range Service Maska CONNECT PHONE BOOK 0 Streaming 64 17 1024 5000 Edit Delete MESSAGES meee CALLS SETTINGS ADMINISTRATION Figure 6 51 Web interface Administration Traffic flow filters 2 Click the link New entry SIGNAL TTT ENTER ALUES FOR NEW FILTER DASHBOARD Eval Prec Index CONNECT Profile standard 2 PHONE BOOK Source Address CT MESSAGES Subnet Mask CU CALLS Prot No SETTINGS Dest Port Range Co To C ADMINISTRATION Source Port Range C To C4 teg Type of Service CI w Type of Service Mask CT Data limits Profiles Traffic flow filters Figure 6 52 Web interface Administration Traffic flow filters New entry 3 Select a number in the Eval Prec Index drop down list The evaluation precedence index defines the order in which the
240. s click Delete next to the device in the LOCKED IP ADDRESSES list 6 6 4 Using the network classification table Overview The network classification table is used to define which network devices IP addresses and or LAN ports are associated with which network user groups Each entry in the table shows MAC address IP address LAN port and network user group When a network device is connected the SBU runs through the network classification table to check if the new connection matches MAC address IP address and LAN port in any of the entries in the table When a match is found the SBU establishes a PDP context with the settings of the network user group assigned in the matching entry The device is now ready for use with the SBU Adding or editing an entry in the network classification table The network classification table shows which devices are associated with which LAN ports and network user groups An Asterisk is a wild card meaning that any value is accepted You can add edit and delete entries in the network classification table To add a new entry to the table or to edit an existing entry do as follows 1 If prompted log in as an administrator The default user name and password are admin and 1234 6 54 Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 98 127093 E 98 127093 E Managing LAN WLAN network users 2 Select SETTINGS gt LAN gt Network classification table Thrane amp Thrane SIGNAL TT
241. s 18 0 Table B 3 RTCA DO 160D Change Numbers Tx Coupler and Rx Power Splitter Conditions DO 160D Cat Comments Temperature and Altitude 4 0 Aland H Installation in controlled temperature locations and inside or outside pressurized locations Low Temperature 45 1 Min operating low temperature 25 C High Temperature 4 5 2 amp 4 5 3 Max operating high temperature 55 C In Flight Loss of Cooling 4 5 4 X Forced cooling is not recommended Altitude 4 6 1 Max altitude 55000 ft Decompression 4 6 2 Decompression at 55000 ft Overpressure 4 6 3 Overpressure at 15000 ft Temperature Variation 5 0 C Installation within controlled temperature locations 2 min Humidity 6 0 B Severe humidity 95 relative humidity at 38 C to 65 C for 240 hours Installation within non environmentally controlled zones Operational Shocks and Crash 7 0 B Equipment tested to Standard operational Safety shocks and crash safety Vibration 8 0 SCL Standard sinusoidal and random vibration Aircraft type Fixed wing Turbojet turbofan reciprocating or turbopropeller engines Aircraft zone Fuselage Table B 4 Environmental Qualification Form for Tx Coupler and Rx Power Splitter B 6 Appendix B DO 160 specifications 98 127093 E AVIATOR 200 300 350 system components Conditions DO 160D Cat Comments Explosion Proofness 9 0 E Waterproofness 10 0 X No test required Fluids Susceptibility 11 0 X No test required Sand and Dust 12 0 X
242. s 192 168 0 1 and the netmask is 255 255 255 0 4 Click Apply Port forwarding Port forwarding enables you to set up a server connected to the SBU while the terminal is in Router mode Without port forwarding it would not be possible to contact the server from the Internet If you want to use port forwarding the global IP address of the SBU should be a static IP address Check with your service provider for availability of a static global IP address Note that if not agreed otherwise the global IP address of the SBU will be dynamically assigned as the SBU signs on to the BGAN network For information on how to set the terminal in Router mode see Setting up the network user groups on page 6 48 CAUTION This page is by default not protected by an admin password You can limit access to this page for certain user groups for further details see Setting up user permissions on page 6 80 The following example shows how to allow internet access to a mail server smtp connected to the terminal 6 16 Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 98 127093 E Setting up the interfaces The mail server in this example has the IP address 192 168 0 100 1 Select SETTINGS gt LAN gt Port forwarding in the left navigation pane SIGNAL III PORT FORWARDING DASHBOARD Port forwarding OCenabled Disabled CONNECT Active Incoming portrange Destination IP Destination port range poe aes KR aooo 2000
243. s manual covers AVIATOR 200 300 350 The information drawings and wiring diagrams contained in this manual are intended as a reference for engineering planning only The drawings and wiring diagrams contained herein do not represent any specific Supplemental Type Certificate STC It is the installer s responsibility to compose installation drawings specific to the aircraft This manual and the drawings and wiring diagrams contained herein may not be used as a substitute for an STC package 1 2 Organization The chapters of this Installation Manual provide the following information Introduction A short overview of the AVIATOR system and services Equipment Drawings Outline drawings of the units and connectors of the AVIATOR system Connectors Drawings and pin out for the connectors and a description of the required mating connectors Installation Wiring drawings and detailed installation and wiring requirements Configuration An introduction to the SwiftBroadband Unit s web interface and a description of how to configure the AVIATOR system A procedure how to calibrate the Satcom antenna and a short description of how to configure some of the 3rd party handsets Maintenance and Troubleshooting Descriptions of Airworthiness help desk software update LEDs BITE test and how to return units for repair Appendices Equipment specifications DO 160 Forms installation of an Iridium Band Reject Filter
244. s only 01600 to 01609 The SIM card is not accepted by the network Only emergency calls are allowed Enter the PIN and wait for network approval If the problem persists contact your Airtime Provider EV_ALARM_CS_REGISTER_FAILED WARNING 1700 Registration for voice failed 01700 to 01709 The AVIATOR system has not yet been allowed to register for voice services Circuit Switched If the problem persists contact your Airtime Provider EV_ALARM_PS_REGISTER_FAILED WARNING 1800 Registration for data failed 01800 to 01809 The AVIATOR system has not yet been allowed to register for data services Packet Switched If the problem persists contact your Airtime Provider Appendix C System messages 98 127093 E Tagname Severity Event ID Description ID Explanation Remedy Tagname Severity Event ID Description ID Explanation Remedy Tagname Severity Event ID Description ID Explanation Remedy Tagname Severity Event ID Description ID Explanation Remedy Tagname Severity Event ID Description ID Explanation Remedy 98 127093 E Types of messages EV_ALARM_SATELLITE_SIGNAL_ WEAK WARNING 2000 Satellite signal weak 02000 to 02009 The signal from the satellite is weak Check the line of sight to the satellite Check in the web interface under SETTINGS gt Satellite selection that you have selected Auto or a satellite covering your current position EV_ALARM_ERRORLOG_FLASH_FULL WA
245. s that may show in the web interface of the SBU Tagname EV_ALARM_SYSTEM_DATA Severity ERROR Event ID 0100 Description System data damaged ID 00100 to 00199 Explanation Important system data is damaged Remedy Do not use the terminal Contact your Thrane amp Thrane partner Tagname EV_ALARM_SIM_MODULE Severity ERROR Event ID 0210 Description SIM module error ID 00210 to 00219 Explanation The SIM interface on the terminal cannot be used Remedy Contact your Thrane amp Thrane partner Tagname EV_ALARM_TEMP_SENSOR Severity ERROR Event ID 0240 Description Temperature sensor error ID 00240 to 00249 Explanation The terminal is in danger of overheating Remedy Do not use the terminal Contact your Thrane amp Thrane partner Tagname EV_ALARM_SYSTEM Severity ERROR Event ID 0260 Description System error ID 00260 to 00269 Explanation The terminal cannot communicate on the satellite network Remedy Contact your Thrane amp Thrane partner 98 127093 E Cal Types of messages Tagname Severity Event ID Description ID Explanation Remedy Tagname Severity Event ID Description ID Explanation Remedy Tagname Severity Event ID Description ID Explanation Remedy Tagname Severity Event ID Description ID Explanation Remedy Tagname Severity Event ID Description ID Explanation Remedy Tagname Severity Event ID Description ID Explanation Remedy G2 EV_ALARM_GPS_MODULE ERROR 030
246. se up the degrees by which the current installation deviates from the antenna position recommended in the antenna installation instructions These settings are greyed out for the AVIATOR 200 4 Below CABLE LOSS enter the cable loss for the cables between the Antenna and the HLD allowed range for AVIATOR 200 0 to 0 2 dB for AVIATOR 300 and AVIATOR 350 0 to 0 7 dB e HLD and the SBU allowed range for AVIATOR 200 0 to 17 dB for AVIATOR 300 and AVIATOR 350 0 to 20 dB 5 Click Apply to save the new settings Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 98 127093 E 6 5 12 98 127093 E Setting up the interfaces Setting up the navigational input Before you can configure the navigational input you must select the system type The AVIATOR 200 300 350 supports input from several sources to retrieve navigational information depending on the installed satcom antenna type The following table gives an overview of the supported navigational input sources for the different satcom antenna types Navigational input System type Satcom antenna type we AHRS RS En liens GPS GPS only AVIATOR 200 TT 3002A LGA X X X X AVIATOR 300 TT 5006A IGA X X X AVIATOR 350 HGA 6000 HGA 6500 X X HGA 7000 X X AMT 50 X X Table 6 3 Navigational input for system types and satcom antennas a AVIATOR 350 can also be used with TT 5006 IGA then the system is an AVIATOR 300 For further information o
247. server For your LAN These settings will not apply to dial up or VPN connections j Address fio 1 1 8 80 Adyanced Z Bypass proxy server For ocal addresses on 2 Clear the box labeled Use a proxy server for your LAN 3 Click OK When the proxy server settings are disabled close and restart your browser You may need to change this setting back on return to your Internet connection IP address and DNS server address setup 6 6 To check whether automatic IP address and DNS server address is obtained automatically for your computer do as follows example for Windows XP 1 Go to Start gt Settings gt Control Panel gt Network Connections 2 Right click on the LAN connection you want to use 3 Select Properties highlight Internet Protocol TCP IP Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 98 127093 E Tool for setup and use The built in web interface 4 Click Properties 5 Make sure that the following is selected Obtain an IP address automatically Obtain DNS server address automatically Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties 2 x General Altemate Configuration You can get IP settings assigned automatically if your network supports this capability Otherwise you need to ask your network administrator for the appropriate IP settings Ze Obtain an IP address automatically C Use the following IP address P address Subnet mask Default gateway A Ze Obtai
248. shooting 98 127093 E Troubleshooting The following table describes how you can use the IP reset button Action With the SBU running press the Reset button normally Function Temporary reset to default values The SBU s IP address and IP netmask are temporarily set to the default value default IP address 192 168 0 1 default netmask 255 255 255 0 With this function even if the IP address has been changed and you do not remember the new IP address you can still access the web interface and see your current configuration The default value is not saved in the configuration but is only valid until next reboot With the terminal running press and hold the Reset button for 30 seconds until the Power indicator on the SBU front plate flashes orange Reset to factory settings The SBU restores factory settings and reboots the system While the terminal is booting press and hold the Reset button For service use only This firmware upload procedure is only to be used if the other procedures fail due to missing or corrupted firmware This setup uploads software to the SBU from a TFTP server via the LAN connection The procedure is as follows 1 Activate or install a TFTP server on a PC 2 Locate the correct software image xxx dl for the SBU and place it in the TFTP server directory 3 Rename the image to ttexp dl h Reconfigure the PC LAN interface to use the static address 192 168
249. ssion If possible move the failing unit to a cooler location For information on ambient temperature limits see the installation manual Contact your Thrane amp Thrane partner if the problem persists Appendix C System messages C3 Types of messages Tagname Severity Event ID Description ID Explanation Remedy Tagname Severity Event ID Description ID Explanation Remedy Tagname Severity Event ID Description ID Explanation Remedy Tagname Severity Event ID Description ID Explanation Remedy Tagname Severity Event ID Description ID Explanation Remedy C 4 EV_ALARM_TEMPERATURE_TOO_HIGH WARNING 1120 Too high temperature warning 01120 to 01129 High ambient temperature is causing the performance of the system to be degraded or halted If the problem is in the terminal All PoE ports are shut down except port 1 and the bit rate for Standard data is reduced If the problem is in the HLD The bit rate is reduced Move the terminal to a cooler location For information on ambient temperature limits see the installation manual EV_ALARM_SATELLITE_SIGNAL_LOST WARNING 1400 Satellite signal lost 01400 to 01409 The AVIATOR system no longer receives a signal from the satellite Make sure the antenna has a free line of sight to the satellite Check the Rx cables W2 between the SBU and the HLD and W3 between the satcom antenna and the HLD EV_ALARM_LIMITED_SERVICE WARNING 1600 SOS call
250. strator logoff Traffic flow filters Figure 6 44 Web interface Administration saving a configuration file 2 Accept the default destination file name or type in the destination file name and location 3 Click OK The configuration is now saved to a file This file is used to load the configuration into another SBU Loading a configuration from a file In this example the PC is connected to the SBU front maintenance connector To load a configuration from a file do as follows 1 In the ADMINISTRATION page under Configuration select the upload type Load configuration from file include install data available when connected to the SBU front maintenance connector The install data are the pages Discrete UO RF settings and External systems DZ This feature can only be used with systems of the same system type for example one AVIATOR 200 SBU to another AVIATOR 200 SBU To use this upload type the PC must be connected to the SBU front maintenance connector 6 68 Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 98 127093 E 6 7 3 98 127093 E Administration Load configuration from file user data only This upload type is available on any other LAN WLAN interface of the SBU SIGNAL 0000000 A Please remember to log off after use DASHBOARD Change administrator logon CONNECT User name PHONE BOOK New password MESSAGES Retype new password JETTINGS Configuration ADMINISTRATION Save configuration to fi
251. system The following functions might apply for special airtime subscriptions which come with a SIM PIN SIM PIN To avoid unauthorized use of the system you can enable the SIM PIN Then the user has to enter the SIM PIN before being able to use the system The SIM PIN is disabled per default You enable the SIM PIN in the web interface You can also specify a new SIM PIN in the web interface To do this you have to enter the original SIM PIN and then specify a new one To manage the SIM PIN of the terminal do as follows 1 From the left navigation pane select ADMINSTRATION gt SIM PIN 2 If you want to protect the system with a system SIM PIN select Enabled 3 You can enter a new PIN or change the existing PIN 4 Click Apply to save the changes SIGNAL TTT TT DASHBOARD REQUIRE PIN CONNECT Require PIN on startup Enabled Disabled PHONE BOOK PIN C_ 4 MESSAGES Apply _Cancel CALLS SETTINGS CHANGE PIN ADMINISTRATION Old PIN Call charges New PIN K Log handling Confirm new PIN IT Data limits Appl Cancel Profiles Traffic flow filters SIM PIN Figure 6 54 Web interface Administration SIM PIN 98 127093 E Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 6 79 Administration SIM Lock 6 7 9 The supplier may lock the SIM card of the terminal to a specific service provider For further information contact your supplier You can unlock the SIM lock To unlock the SIM lock of the SIM card fr
252. system they are described in detail in the AVIATOR 200 300 350 User Manual DASHBOARD LAN Port forwarding WLAN Network devices Phone Fax Network classification CONNECT ISDN Network user groups Common PPPoE IP handsets Static route Discrete UO System type Call forward RF settings Call barring External systems Call waiting FLEX Line identification Tracking Closed user group Upload Local exchange Call charges Call settings SETTINGS and Profiles ADMINISTRATION Traffic flow filters SIM PIN SIM Lock HELPDESK User permissions Remote management SITE MAP Event list Event log Extended status Self test Figure 6 2 Topics in the web interface Checking the connection to the web interface To check whether you can connect to the web interface of the SBU do as follows 1 Power up the AVIATOR 200 300 350 system Wait until the LEDs on the front plate show that the system is ready to be configured Power LED Green then wait for approximately one minute 2 Connecta PC to the Maintenance interface standard Ethernet on the front plate of the SBU If you want to change the setup of the user interfaces and change network usage you can use any of the terminal LAN interfaces up to 6 installed in the aircraft cabin or the Wireless connection if available If you want to change the physical settings for
253. t aeronautical satcom system that uses Inmarsat s SwiftBroadband services The AVIATOR system consists of the following units e TT 5040A SBU SwiftBroadband Unit TT 5040A 001 CM Configuration Module inserted in the SBU The CM also holds the SIM card which provides access to the SwiftBroadband services The SIM card is included in the delivery TT 5016A HLD High Power Amplifier Low Noise Amplifier and Diplexer in one unit These units are to be connected to a satcom antenna See section Satcom antenna systems on page 2 4 for supported antenna types and model numbers 2 1 General description The following drawing shows the AVIATOR cabin installation with connected communication devices and available options Wireless Flush mount 2 Wire Handset Swift Broadband Unit Built In Router Option LAN Videophone Fax Built In Wireless Option T Headset interface box PC 4 STU STE FNBDT PC 5 R FLIGHT DECK DATA Figure 2 1 Communication devices for the AVIATOR 200 300 350 system example 2 2 Chapter 2 Introduction to the AVIATOR system 98 127093 E General description Services The SwiftBroadband services available depend on the type of satcom antenna installed and the current elevation angle to the satellite The following table shows the services available for the supported antenna types SwiftBroadband Satcom a
254. t client 1 Connect the SBU front connector to the PC Ethernet port 2 Open the Telnet client and make a TCP IP winsock connection to IP address host 192 168 0 1 and port 23 default 3 Login with admin and 1234 default and press lt Enter gt a couple of times and confirm that the SBU prompt telnet appears Option If you need to save the output from HyperTerminal go to the Transfer menu and select Capture text In other clients the menus will be different 98 127093 E Ga Commands for troubleshooting the SBU G 2 G 2 1 EM Commands for troubleshooting the SBU Monitoring the ARINC interfaces on the SBU Below is an example on how to get a status for the ARINC interfaces After the debug command for getting the status report first line bold the status report is shown stat m arinc STAT Report Module ARINC Status Ok Message REPORT SHORT CONFIGURATION Primary Receiver Secondary Receiver Antenna Modem STATUS ARINC DRIVER Current Time Primary Receiver ARINC 704 7 Inertial Reference System IRS speed High Disabled speed Low ARINC AMT 50 HGA 6000 speed Split Thu Jan 01 00 00 54 1970 6 RO_6_IRS CONNECTED Qualified Forwarding forwardingPeriods 1 Secondary Receiver 0 RO 0 NULL Await Label Standby forwardingPeriods 0 Antenna Modem 1 RT_1_INIT Await Label Primary Receiver Label Status Error Active Age Value Name 101 No Label 422 0 0 0 000000 HDOP 150 No L
255. t for the relevant network user groups Also if you change the common APN at a later stage it is automatically updated for all network user groups where the Common setting is selected To set up the common interface settings To set up the Common interface settings do as follows 1 Select SETTINGS gt Common SIGNAL TTT tT COMMON INTERFACE SETTINGS DASHBOARD APN CONNECT Ce PHONE BOOK SIM default MESSAGES C Network assigned CALLS User defined bgan inmarsat com SETTINGS PROFILES LAN Buffering on streaming profiles Enabled Disabled MEIN Apply Cancel Phone Fax ISDN Common Figure 6 15 Web interface Settings Common 2 Select the APN You have the following options Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 98 127093 E Setting up the interfaces SIM default The APN is taken from the SIM card This is the recommended option unless you have special requirements i e your service provider does not automatically provision for PS services Network assigned The APN is assigned from the network User defined Type in the APN APNs are provided from the service provider Use User defined if your service provider does not automatically provision your SIM card Contact your service provider for an APN or check the documentation received from the service provider for an APN 3 At Buffering on Streaming profiles select Enabled or Disabled Ifyou select Enabled your Streaming connection will be bu
256. tacle bottom plug 4 8 Pin out for 9 pin Sub D male connector in TT 5622B 2 Wire Cradle s ssesses000 4 11 Mating connectors in aircraft for SBU 4 12 Navigational input for satcom antennas sessesessesseseeseseresessesrsseseesessesessesseseesesse 5 4 Pins TOF SBU pwer SUD DIV EE 5 10 Requirements to SBU power cables 5 11 SBU pins for satcom antenna system 5 19 HLD connectors for satcom antenna system 5 19 RF cable requirements for satcom antenna systems AVIATOR 200 5 19 RF cable requirements for satcom antenna systems AVIATOR 300 350 5 20 SBU pins for input from a navigational ARINC 429 source 5 21 ARINC data format for IRS 5 21 ARINC data format for AHRS 5 22 ARING data format for NPL u a genee asqa qa usia sepka 5 22 ARINC data format for GNSS 5 23 SBU pins for input from GPS antenna
257. tallation 98 127093 E Mounting considerations Distance between GPS antenna and satcom antenna Make sure the GPS antenna is installed with sufficient distance to the satcom antenna For requirements to the radiation distance refer to the manual for the GPS system However always keep the following distances between the satcom antenna and the GPS antenna e Minimum 30 cm 11 8 inches for LGA and IGA e Minimum 50 cm 19 7 inches for HGA If the existing GPS antenna on board the aircraft does not provide sufficient filtering of the satcom antenna signal to give a usable GPS signal you must replace the existing GPS antenna with a GPS antenna that has a satcom filter Distance between Glonass antenna and satcom antenna Make sure your Glonass antenna is installed with sufficient distance to the satcom antenna For requirements to the radiation distance refer to the manual for the Glonass system UAA However always keep the following distances between the satcom antenna and the Glonass antenna e Minimum 120 cm 47 2 inches for LGA and IGA e Minimum 210 cm 82 7 inches for HGA If the existing Glonass antenna on board the aircraft does not provide sufficient filtering of the satcom antenna signal to give a usable Glonass signal you must replace the existing Glonass antenna with a Glonass antenna that has a satcom filter Cables between TT 5016A HLD and satcom antenna We recommend to keep the cable length as short as p
258. terface Fax or Modem data with POTS interface Headset interface box PTA 12 Airborne telephone adapter Secure devices with POTS interface STU FNBDT The maximum number of telephones on each 2 wire POTS interface is Two TT 5621B 2 Wire Handset TT 5622B 2 Wire Cradle or two Sigma phones Note that the AVIATOR 200 300 350 system supports one external call at a time When one phone is in use you cannot use the other phone on the same 2 wire POTS interface 98 127093 E Chapter 5 Installation 5 33 Electrical installation and wiring ISDN interface The ISDN interface on the SBU may be used with an ISDN phone or fax machine and or an ISDN data modem A maximum of 8 ISDN units ISDN phones ISDN fax or ISDN data modem may be connected to the ISDN interface but only one unit may be active at a time Secure device is supported with ISDN interface STE Configuration of handset interfaces 5 34 The following drawing shows the possible combinations of devices connected to the handset interfaces ISDN devices with external power STE One of the following TT 5621 B 2 Wire Handset with TT 5622B 2 Wire Cradle ICG DECT Cordless Handset Sigma Phone FAX Modem PTA 12 One of the following TT 5621 B 2 Wire Handset with TT 5622B 2 Wire Cradle ICG DECT Cordless Handset Sigma Phone FAX Modem PTA 12 WLAN enabled SIP telephone Corse
259. terface on the SBU and use the web interface to inspect any alarm messages For information on the web interface refer to Tool for setup and use The built in web interface on page 6 2 Diagnostic report You can generate a diagnostic report that can be used for troubleshooting errors in the AVIATOR 200 300 350 system To generate the diagnostic report access the web interface and select HELPDESK then click Generate report Save the report on your PC Enclose the diagnostic report and the service log when requesting support Problem No connection to the SBU maintenance connector Depending on the options in your system you might experience limitations when using an Ethernet interface of the AVIATOR 200 300 350 For systems without the built in router option enabled i e the basic version or the version with Wireless option note the following limitation To use the SBU Maintenance connector disconnect or switch off any PC connected to another LAN interface of the SBU Problem No GPS signal Interference from satcom antenna on GPS antenna If the existing GPS antenna on board the aircraft does not provide sufficient filtering of the satcom antenna signal to provide a usable GPS signal you must replace the existing GPS antenna with a GPS antenna that has a satcom filter Problem No registration for voice or data possible In case the system cannot register properly for voice or data service check with your Service provider th
260. the AVIATOR system D Line of sight during operation You can configure the system while the aircraft is in the hangar Note that you cannot typically check the satellite communication while the aircraft is still in the hangar There must be a line of sight between the Satcom antenna and the satellite in order to use the satellite service F lt A Satcom Antenng Figure 6 1 Line of sight when communicating with the satellite 61 Configuration tasks Having installed the AVIATOR 200 300 350 System you must configure the SwiftBroadband Unit properly for use with the current antenna setup including cable losses for the installation and select the correct navigational input Furthermore the interfaces have to be setup and configured to the specific aircraft installation and application requirements IP connections network user groups and profiles for IP data usage including LAN WLAN network management must be configured so the required applications run smoothly on the system For this purpose you use the built in web interface of the AVIATOR system LS Before you start configuring the SBU make sure that the Configuration Module is mounted in the SwiftBroadband Unit 98 127093 E 6 1 Tool for setup and use The built in web interface 6 2 Tool for setup and use The built in web interface Use the built in web interface of the SBU to access the SBU configuration settings in the CM A subset of the configu
261. the next line 4 Click Change At the next logon the new password is required Logging off administration If you have not entered anything for 30 minutes under ADMINISTRATION you are logged off automatically To log off manually click Logoff under administrator logoff in the ADMINISTRATION page 6 7 2 Saving and loading a configuration If you need to reuse a configuration in another SBU you can save the current configuration to a file which can then be loaded into the other SBU You can also use this feature for backup purposes E gt Configuration files can only be exchanged between SBUs with the same software version Saving a configuration to a file The settings from the following pages of the web interface are saved in the configuration file SETTINGS ADMINISTRATION PHONE BOOK 98 127093 E Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 6 67 Administration To save your current configuration to a file do as follows 1 In the ADMINISTRATION page under Configuration click Save SIGNAL DUN A Please remember to log off after use DASHBOARD Change administrator logon CONNECT User name PHONE BOOK New password MESSAGES Retype new password SUMS Configuration ADMINISTRATION Save configuration to file Call charges Load configuration from file user data only Browse Load Log handling 3 Data limits Load configuration from file include install data Browse Load Profiles Admini
262. ther information on installing the Iridium Band Reject Filer see TT 5019A Iridium Band Reject Filter on page F 1 AVIATOR 200 300 350 features The AVIATOR 200 300 350 system has the following features m SwiftBroadband channel providing an always on data connection of up to 432 kbps Full duplex single or multi user Automatic satellite selection Built in PBX in the SBU interfacing to two 2 wire connections one ISDN interface and WLAN in the SBU and integrated SIP server for VOIP telephony Standard voice 3 1 kHz audio for modems G3 fax 14 4 kbps high quality voice etc ISDN voice for Secure communication G4 fax etc ISDN data for video conferences etc Built In Router option with DHCP NAT for six Ethernet interfaces Built In Wireless option WLAN IEEE 802 11 b g Access to built in web interface for daily use using LAN and WLAN Built in web interface for configuration using the Maintenance connector on the SBU front plate Does not affect the operation of an Iridium system Chapter 2 Introduction to the AVIATOR system 2 5 Application LS The availability of some services depends on the satcom antenna type of the 2 2 2 2 1 system Check the section Services on page 2 3 for an overview of services available for LGA IGA and HGA Application Minimum system A minimum working system has at least one TT 5040A SBU one TT 5040A 001 CM one TT 5016A HLD one satcom antenna LGA IGA or HGA
263. tion 98 127093 E Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 6 47 Managing LAN WLAN network users 6 6 2 Overview Setting up the network user groups A network user group in this context is a group of network users sharing the same Quality of Service profile and network parameters There are 11 configurable network user groups For the Default network user group certain settings are locked to make sure there is always one functional network user group available For example the Default network user group does not allow you to select a Bridge mode connection Note You cannot delete network user groups If you do not want to use them click Edit and select Disabled at Status in the NETWORK USER GROUP field Editing a network user group The default setting of this network user group is a standard IP data connection with automatic IP address allocation and automatic activation of the connection Note For further explanation of the terms used below see Definitions for network terms on page 6 57 To edit a network user group do as follows 1 Select SETTINGS gt LAN gt Network user groups If prompted enter the administrator user name and password The default user name is admin and the default password is 1234 Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 98 127093 E Managing LAN WLAN network users The following screen shows the 11 user groups available and their current status Internet connectio
264. tion The satellite selected for logon For further information see To select the preferred BGAN satellite on page 6 14 Current satellite The currently used satellite and elevation angle Unit serial number The serial number of the SBU Software version The version of the software embedded in the SBU IMSI number The IMSI number International Mobile Subscriber Identity of the SBU This is a unique number that identifies the SIM card of your SBU IMEI number The IMEI number International Mobile Equipment Identity of the SBU This is a unique number that identifies your SBU The following sections in the Dashboard show information on calls and data sessions ONGOING DATA SESSIONS is a list of data profiles that are currently active including the external IP address that is assigned to each profile ONGOING CALLS is a list of calls that are currently active The list shows the call type and the time connected for each call SESSIONS TOTAL lists the totals for each session type The list shows the session type with accumulated time for voice and Streaming data and MB transferred for Standard data The counters show totals for sessions since the counters were last cleared For information on how to clear the counters see Log handling on page 6 71 Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 6 9 Using the Dashboard 6 3 4 Profiles on the dashboard There is also a section on the dashboard showing the network user group a
265. towards the BGAN network is assigned by Inmarsat and visible on the Dashboard when the connection is active Local IP Global IP address of address of SBU SBU Device 1 assigned by the terminal DHCP 192 1680 SBU ss Lef network assigned by the Device 2 terminal DHCP aq 192 468_0 1 Figure 6 9 SBU IP addresses Local and global IP addresses default EU No router option If the SBU does not have the router option and works in single user mode only one device can be connected to it This device cannot have a static IP address it must use the DHCP server of the SBU 98 127093 E Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 6 15 Setting up the interfaces To change the local IP address of the SBU do as follows 1 From the left navigation pane select SETTINGS gt LAN SIGNAL TTT DASHBOARD PUL CONNECT DHCP status Enabled Disabled PHONE BOOK Local IP address ksz bes fe E MESSAGES Netmask Ess fess jess fo Soen pel reegt SETTINGS LAN Port forwarding Figure 6 10 Web interface Settings LAN 2 At DHCP status select Enabled recommended or Disabled Ifyou select Enabled the SBU assigns dynamic IP addresses to devices connected to the SBU Ifyou select Disabled you need to set up a static IP address in the connected device 3 If you want to change the Local IP address and the Netmask type in the new address and netmask By default the address i
266. ure 4 2 Figure 4 3 Figure 4 4 Figure 4 5 Figure 4 6 Figure 4 7 Figure 5 1 Figure 5 2 Figure 5 3 Figure 5 4 Figure 5 5 Figure 5 6 Figure 5 7 98 127093 E List of figures Communication devices for the AVIATOR 200 300 350 system example 2 2 System configuration with TT 3002A LGA antenna 2 9 System configuration with TT 5006A IGA antenna esessessessessessssessessesessesesses 2 10 System configuration with Chelton antennas 2 11 System configuration ARINC 429 antennas 2 12 AVIATOR TE EE 2 14 Outline drawing TT 5040A SBU NEE 3 2 Outline drawing TT 5040A 001 CM inserted in the SBU 3 3 Outline Drawing Rx Power Splitter 3 4 Outline drawing TT 5016A HID 3 5 Outline drawing TT 3002A LGA 3 6 Outline drawing TT 5006A IGA antenna 3 7 Outline drawing TT 5621B 2 Wire Handset 3 8 Outline drawing TT 5622B 2 Wire Cradle 3 9 O
267. ure and pressurized location Low Temperature 4 5 1 Min operating low temperature 25 C High Temperature 4 5 2 amp 4 5 3 Max operating high temperature 55 C In Flight Loss of Cooling 4 5 4 X No forced cooling required Altitude 4 6 1 Max altitude 55000 ft Decompression 4 6 2 Decompression at 55000 ft Overpressure 4 6 3 Overpressure test at 15000 ft Temperature Variation 5 0 C Installation within controlled temperature locations 2 min Humidity 6 0 A Standard Humidity 9590 relative humidity at 38 C to 50 C for 48 hours Installation within environmentally controlled zones Operational Shocks and Crash 7 0 B Equipment tested to Standard operational Safety shocks and crash safety Vibration 8 0 S2B2 Standard random vibration Aircraft type Fixed wing Turbojet or turbofan engines SM Standard sinusoidal vibration Aircraft type Fixed wing Reciprocating or turbopropeller engines UFFI Robust Sine on Random vibration Aircraft type Helicopter Turbojet or reciprocating engines Aircraft zone Instrument panel console or equipment rack Table B 5 Environmental Qualification Form for 2 Wire Handset and Cradle B 8 Appendix B DO 160 specifications 98 127093 E AVIATOR 200 300 350 handsets and cradles Conditions Explosion Proofness Waterproofness Fluids Susceptibility Sand and Dust Fungus Resistance Salt Spray Magnetic Effect Power Input Voltage Spike Audio Frequency Conducted S
268. usceptibility Induced Signal Susceptibility Radio Frequency Susceptibility Emission of Radio Frequency Energy Lightning induced Transient Susceptibility Lightning Direct Effects Icing Electrostatic Discharge ESD DO 160D 9 0 10 0 11 0 12 0 13 0 14 0 15 0 16 0 17 0 18 0 19 0 20 0 21 0 22 0 23 0 24 0 25 0 Cat x X X gt X X Xx x x gt RR A2E3 Comments No test required No test required No test required No test required No test required No test required Magnetic deflection distance 0 3 m to 1 m No test required No test required No test required Installation where interference is controlled to a tolerable level High Intensity Radiated Field HIRF associated with normal environment Cable bundle test Equipment and wiring in moderately exposed environment in an all metal airframe No test required No test required Operation installation and repair in an aerospace environment Table B 5 Environmental Qualification Form for 2 Wire Handset and Cradle Continued 98 127093 E Chapter B DO 160 specifications B 9 AVIATOR 200 300 350 handsets and cradles B 10 Chapter B DO 160 specifications 98 127093 E Appendix C System messages C1 Types of messages The AVIATOR 200 300 350 system announces messages in the built in web interface of the SBU C 1 1 List of events with explanation and remedy The following list explains the event
269. usiness or office Personal Computer Portable Document Format a file format created by Adobe Systems for document exchange Packet Data Protocol A network protocol used by external packet data networks that communicate with a GPRS network Power On Self Test A system test that is activated each time the system is powered on Plain Old Telephone Service Quality of Service Return Material Authorization Radio Technical Commission for Aeronautics Satellite Communications Swift Broadband based on BGAN and offers similar services simultaneous voice and broadband data SwiftBroadband Unit Unit in the system providing access to the aeronautical BGAN service SwiftBroadband Service Data Unit Also known as a data packet Subscriber Identity Module 98 127093 E SIP SSID STC STE STU TE TFTP TP VoIP WLAN 98 127093 E Glossary Session Initiation Protocol An application layer control signaling protocol for creating modifying and terminating sessions with one or more participants Used e g for Internet telephony Service Set IDentifier An SSID is the name of a wireless local area network WLAN All wireless devices on a WLAN must use the same SSID in order to communicate with each other Supplemental Type Certificate FAA certification document issued to companies that perform significant modifications on an aircraft Secure Terminal Equipment Secure Telephone Unit Terminal Equ
270. utline drawing SBU tray ECS P0299 101 3 10 Outline drawing SBU tray EMTEQ MT4 2346 101 page 1 3 11 Outline drawing SBU tray EMTEQ MT4 2346 101 page 2 3 12 Outline drawing SBU tray connector ITT Cannon DPX2NA 67322 0500 3 13 Contact Assembly Quadrax Pin size 5 special ITT Cannon 244 0011 001 3 14 Outline drawing TT 5040A 004 WLAN antenna 3 16 SBU Maintenance connector face view of engaging end 4 1 SBU rear receptacle engaging end Index code 19 4 3 SBU rear receptacle with pin functions 4 4 UNESCO Ne EN Ela 4 9 2 Wire Cradle connectors end view of cradle 4 10 TT 5622B 2 Wire Cradle connectors side view of cradle 4 10 2 Wire Cradle connector DB9M View Solder side 4 11 AVIATOR 200 minimum system example with LGA TT 3002A and GPS antenna 5 2 Mounting two WLAN antennas for optimum performance 5 8 Wiring SBU power suppl 5 10 Wiring TT 3002A LGA
271. van BUDS oun z 1no Nt 1no N zx D amp dst s00Z901Z man ge a dst sooz9o0 aaoav at 3 nur Ce ast oozso6z GaGav Wid 1X31 S138V1 8 TWNOINO v rm lWAOYddY_SLV0 NOILdIYIS30 ET SNOISIASY t Filter jec Band Re ium TT 5019A Iri ing Outline drawi Figure F 2 98 127093 E t Filter jec Band Re ium TT 5019A Iri Appendix F F 2 Installation F 3 Installation F 3 1 Mounting considerations Forced cooling is not required for the Iridium Band Reject Filter Mount the TT 5019A Iridium Band Reject Filter on the Tx connection between the SBU and the HLD The filter works in both directions Install the Iridium Band Reject Filter in non temperature controlled locations and inside or outside pressurized locations If possible mount the Iridium Band Reject Filter in a temperature controlled location to ensure optimum performance The Iridium Band Reject Filter has an attenuation of 1 dB consider this during wiring 18 dB as short as K 1 dB possible 3 W1a TT 5019A W1b Iridium Band _ o a Reject Filter Tx Modem and DC TT 5016A HLD TT 5040A SBU Max gt a D Figure F 3 Wiring TT 5019A Iridium Band Reject Filter AVIATOR 200 Loss of Wla loss of Wib lt 16 dB AVIATOR 300 and AVIATOR 350 Loss of Wla loss of W1b lt 17 dB F 3 2 Electrical installation and wiring The filter works in b
272. vice TOS is an 8 bit field in a packet header with associated mask that is used to define Quality of Service For further information on the principles and parameters of the traffic flow filters refer to the 3GPP standards TS27 007 V4 2 0 and TS 23 060 V4 7 0 6 Click Apply at the bottom of the page Example of a list of traffic flow filters Below is an example of a list with two traffic flow filters Eval Dest Source Type IS Prec Profile Source Address Subnet Mask Prot No Port Port of Ges Index Range Range Service M D Streaming 64 17 2455 to 5000 Edit Delete 1 Standard 6 524 to 524 Edit Delete New entry Figure 6 53 Web interface Example of two traffic flow filters In this example data packets are filtered in the following order 1 The filter with evaluation precedence index 0 checks for UDP packets protocol number 17 in the port range 2455 5000 When these packets are identified they are assigned a 64 kbps Streaming channel the Streaming 64 profile 2 The filter with evaluation precedence index 1 checks remaining packets for TCP packets protocol number 6 on port 524 These packets are routed to the standard IP connection the Standard profile 3 Remaining traffic is routed to the standard IP connection Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 98 127093 E Administration 6 7 8 SIM card limitations SIM PIN and SIM Lock LS There is typically no SIM PIN needed for the AVIATOR 200 300 350
273. work PPPoE Router connection PPPoE m a connection PDP Context up to 11 PPPoE g V _ _ _ PC and or broadcast equipment connection J SBU a I I See Builtin EE web lt interface Pico cell 2 w N J k s SE J User PC 1 User PC 2 2 Wire sandedh Handset Figure 6 37 Example for PPPoE connections 98 127093 E Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 6 59 Managing LAN WLAN network users Enabling PPPoE network connections in the AVIATOR system During the configuration of the system you can configure whether the system should allow and handle PPPoE network connections To enable or disable the system to support PPPoE network connections do as follows 1 Select SETTINGS gt LAN gt PPPoE SIGNAL HMHHHHHI DASHBDARD PPPOE CONNECT PPPOE Enabled Obisabled PHONE BOOK APN MESSAGES common CALLS SIM default SETTINGS Onetwork assigned LAN Ouser defined bgan inmarsat com Port forwarding Apply Cancel Network devices Network classification Network user groups PPPoE Static route Figure 6 38 Web interface Settings LAN PPPoE 2 Select Enabled or Disabled default 3 Check with your airtime provider what your APN is and select accordingly h Click Apply to send the settings to the terminal How to configure the connected PC router or other equipment You must configure the equipment correctly to establish a network connection using PPPoE How to set up a new network co
274. work devices All network devices that have been connected to the SBU are listed here SIGNAL MANAHAN LOCKED IP ADDRESSES DASHBOARD IP address MAC address CONNECT 192 168 0 15 00 1F 3B 8C 47 9B Delete PHONE BOOK MESSAGES NETWORK DEVICES CALLS IP address MAC address Device Name SETTINGS 192 168 0 2 00 11 CF 01 41 DE Thrane IP Handset Lock IP to MAC address LAN 192 168 0 3 0O0 0A CD 15 09 A8 pc1531 Lock IP to MAC address 192 168 0 4 00 11 CF 01 BB C8 Thrane IP Handset Lock IP to MAC address Port forwarding F 192 168 0 15 00 1F 3B 8C 47 9B pc1527 Network devices Network classification Network user groups Figure 6 31 Web interface Settings LAN Network devices 98 127093 E Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 6 53 Managing LAN WLAN network users Locking an IP address to a MAC address When the device is locked to an IP address the SBU will always assign this IP address to the device with this MAC address if DHCP is enabled and the Internet connection is in Router mode and not a Bridge mode connection To lock an IP address to a MAC address do as follows 1 If prompted log in as an administrator The default user name and password are admin and 1234 2 To lock a device to its current IP address click the link next to the device The device is then locked to the current IP address and added to the list of locked IP addresses at the top of the page 3 To unlock a device from the IP addres
275. ystem 98 127093 E Administration 6 7 4 Log handling To clear the logs of the SBU and or reset the counters for the time connected do as follows 1 From the left navigation pane in the ADMINISTRATION page select Log Handling SIGNAL TTT Per Clear call log orl CONNECT Clear total counters ok PHONE BOOK MESSAGES CALLS SETTINGS ADMINISTRATION Call charges Log handling Figure 6 47 Web interface Administration Log Handling 2 To clear the Call log click OK next to Clear call log 3 To clear the total counters click OK next to Clear total counters This will reset the Time connected counters on the Calls page 98 127093 E Chapter 6 Configuring the AVIATOR system 6 71 Administration 6 7 5 Data limits You can set a limit for the use of data services that can be downloaded over the AVIATOR 200 300 350 system You either specify a maximum number of MB for the standard data connection and or a time interval from start to end for a streaming connection For a detailed description how to access the SBU from a remote location see the AVIATOR 200 300 350 user manual 6 7 6 Using profiles The profiles are used in the network user groups You select one or several profiles when setting up a network user group You need an administrator password to define profiles and traffic flow filters Together with traffic flow filters the profiles are used as a tool to manage the traffic flow EU If you have se
276. ystemz EE 5 35 Wiring Sigma handsets cccssscsescssssseesssesseessssssesssesssesseessecssecsseesseeseeensessesssens 5 36 Wiring ICG DECT Cordless Handset handsets 5 37 Vtt lte E gg 5 38 Wiring Maintenance PC and Reset 5 41 Line of sight when communicating with the satellite 6 1 Topics in the webinterface a R E 6 3 Sections of the web interface example for AVIATOR 350 6 4 Web interface Dashboard Example AVIATOR 350 6 8 Web interface Start a data Connechon 6 10 Web interface Phone book mobile numbers example n nssnsnesessssesess0ss0s0 6 11 Web interface Settings page with satellite selection field 6 13 Web interface Settings satellite selection 6 14 SBU IP addresses Local and global IP addresses default 6 15 Web interface Settings LAN 6 16 Web interface Settings LAN Port forwarding 6 17 Web interface Settings WLAN Example AVIATOR 350 6 19 Web interface Settings Phone Fax
277. z DC resistance lt 0 6 Q W2 28V APS 28V_RET S gt 28V RTN GPS Antenna GPSin BP A4 DC out BP 18 BP 12 BP 14 BP9 TT 5040A SBU TPA1 optional x4 x3 R TPA3 ES Loss lt 20 dB 1559 MHz x Figure 5 8 Wiring HGA 6500 Antenna Variation 3 label at antenna plug Y and S For the requirements to RF cables W1 W2 and W3 see Table 5 6 on page 5 19 5 16 Chapter 5 Installation 98 127093 E Electrical installation and wiring Wiring HGA 7000 The following drawing shows the wiring for an AVIATOR 350 system using an HGA 7000 high gain antenna X4 Chassis Ground Loss pen assis Groun lt 0 7 dB eme MHz HGA 7000 RF Rx Tx X1 o Ire Antenna TT 5016A wa 2 red HLD A Modem RF Tx x2 DC Power X3 RFRx WA Loss lt 17 dB 1575 MHz Loss lt 18 dB 1661 MHz lt 4 dB 54 MHz DC resistance lt 0 6 Q Loss lt 20 dB 1559 MHz N x 2 z fal St E wag Ka 10 ZS oak a 2 TT 5040A SBU Figure 5 9 Wiring HGA 7000 98 127093 E Chapter 5 Installation 5 17 Electrical installation and wiring Wiring AMT 50 The following drawing shows the wiring for an AVIATOR 350 system using an AMT 50 high gain antenna W3 Rx Tx AMT 50 Antenna 28V APS 28 VDC NN m 28 VDC RTN P S l gt 28V RTN Chassis Ground M I Loss lt 0 7 dB 1661 MHz TT 5016A HLD

User Manual - GC-SAT

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents